1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/Availability.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
33 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
34 #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
36 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
46 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
47 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
48 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
49 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
50 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
51 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
52 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
53 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
54 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
62 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
63 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
65 class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
72 class ASTMutationListener;
81 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
82 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
83 class CXXConstructorDecl;
84 class CXXConversionDecl;
86 class CXXDestructorDecl;
87 class CXXFieldCollector;
88 class CXXMemberCallExpr;
94 class ClassTemplateDecl;
95 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
96 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
97 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
98 class CodeCompleteConsumer;
99 class CodeCompletionAllocator;
100 class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
101 class CodeCompletionResult;
103 class DeclAccessPair;
106 class DeclaratorDecl;
107 class DeducedTemplateArgument;
108 class DependentDiagnostic;
109 class DesignatedInitExpr;
112 class EnumConstantDecl;
118 class FunctionProtoType;
119 class FunctionTemplateDecl;
120 class ImplicitConversionSequence;
122 class InitializationKind;
123 class InitializationSequence;
124 class InitializedEntity;
125 class IntegerLiteral;
129 class LocalInstantiationScope;
132 typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
134 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
136 class ObjCCategoryDecl;
137 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
138 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
139 class ObjCContainerDecl;
141 class ObjCImplementationDecl;
142 class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
144 template <class T> class ObjCList;
145 class ObjCMessageExpr;
146 class ObjCMethodDecl;
147 class ObjCPropertyDecl;
148 class ObjCProtocolDecl;
149 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
150 class OMPDeclareReductionDecl;
151 class OMPDeclareSimdDecl;
153 struct OverloadCandidate;
154 class OverloadCandidateSet;
159 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
160 class PseudoObjectExpr;
162 class StandardConversionSequence;
166 class TemplateArgument;
167 class TemplateArgumentList;
168 class TemplateArgumentLoc;
170 class TemplateParameterList;
171 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
172 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
176 class TypedefNameDecl;
178 class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
180 class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
181 class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
182 class UnresolvedSetImpl;
183 class UnresolvedSetIterator;
185 class UsingShadowDecl;
188 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
189 class VisibilityAttr;
190 class VisibleDeclConsumer;
191 class IndirectFieldDecl;
192 struct DeductionFailureInfo;
193 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
196 class AccessedEntity;
197 class BlockScopeInfo;
198 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
199 class CapturingScopeInfo;
200 class CompoundScopeInfo;
201 class DelayedDiagnostic;
202 class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
203 class FunctionScopeInfo;
204 class LambdaScopeInfo;
205 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
206 class TemplateDeductionInfo;
209 namespace threadSafety {
211 void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
214 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
215 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
216 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
217 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
219 /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given
221 struct FileNullability {
222 /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does
223 /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation.
224 SourceLocation PointerLoc;
226 /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw.
229 /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file.
230 bool SawTypeNullability = false;
233 /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability
234 /// information in that file.
235 class FileNullabilityMap {
236 /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID.
237 llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map;
239 /// A single-element cache based on the file ID.
242 FileNullability Nullability;
246 FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) {
247 // Check the single-element cache.
248 if (file == Cache.File)
249 return Cache.Nullability;
251 // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one.
252 if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) {
253 Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability;
256 // Pull this entry into the cache.
258 Cache.Nullability = Map[file];
259 return Cache.Nullability;
263 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
265 Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
266 void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
268 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
269 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
271 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
272 bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
274 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
276 bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D);
278 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
279 const NamedDecl *New) {
280 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
281 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
282 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
283 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
284 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
285 // with internal linkage.
286 return isVisible(Old) || New->isExternallyVisible();
288 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New);
291 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
292 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
293 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
295 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
296 FPOptions FPFeatures;
298 const LangOptions &LangOpts;
301 ASTConsumer &Consumer;
302 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
303 SourceManager &SourceMgr;
305 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
308 /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
309 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
311 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
312 DeclContext *CurContext;
314 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
315 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
316 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
318 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
319 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
320 DeclarationName VAListTagName;
322 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
324 /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
325 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
326 MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
328 /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty.
329 SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
331 /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
332 SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
334 enum PragmaMsStackAction {
335 PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma ()
336 PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value)
337 PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id])
338 PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id])
339 PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"!
340 PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value)
341 PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value)
344 template<typename ValueType>
347 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
349 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
350 Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
352 SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
353 : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
354 PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
356 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
357 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
358 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
361 // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++
362 // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this:
365 // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>)
367 // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot)
370 // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support
371 // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n)
374 // Push / pop a named sentinel slot.
375 void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) {
376 assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&
377 "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!");
378 Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue);
382 explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default)
383 : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {}
385 SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
386 ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action.
387 ValueType CurrentValue;
388 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
390 // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
391 // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
393 /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
394 /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
396 /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
397 /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
399 /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
401 PragmaStack<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode> VtorDispStack;
403 // Sentinel to represent when the stack is set to mac68k alignment.
404 static const unsigned kMac68kAlignmentSentinel = ~0U;
405 PragmaStack<unsigned> PackStack;
407 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
408 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
409 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
410 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
412 // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks.
413 // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body.
414 class PragmaStackSentinelRAII {
416 PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct);
417 ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII();
425 /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file.
426 FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap;
428 /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
429 StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
430 SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
432 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
433 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
435 /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
436 /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
437 /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
438 SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
440 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
442 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
443 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
444 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
446 /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups.
449 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
450 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The
451 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
452 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
454 /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
455 /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
456 /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
457 /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
458 /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each
460 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
462 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
463 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
465 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first
466 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
467 /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
468 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
470 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
471 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
474 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
475 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
476 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
477 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
479 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
480 std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
482 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
484 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
485 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
487 /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
488 llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
489 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
491 /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
493 /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
494 /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
495 /// used in initializer of the field.
496 typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
497 typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
498 llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
500 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
502 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
503 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
504 /// same list more than once.
505 std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
507 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
508 /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
509 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
511 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
512 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
514 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
515 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
516 TentativeDefinitionsType;
518 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
519 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
521 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
522 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
523 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
525 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
526 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
527 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
529 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
530 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
531 DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
533 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
534 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
535 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
537 /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
538 /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
540 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
541 DelayedExceptionSpecChecks;
543 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
544 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
545 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
546 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
547 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
548 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
549 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
550 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
551 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
553 typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
554 LateParsedTemplateMapT;
555 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
557 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
558 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
559 typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
560 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
561 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
564 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
565 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
567 LateTemplateParser = LTP;
568 LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
572 class DelayedDiagnostics;
574 class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
575 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
576 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
578 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
579 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
581 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
582 /// during parsing and other processing.
583 class DelayedDiagnostics {
584 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
585 /// diagnostics should go.
586 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
589 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
591 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
592 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
594 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
595 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
597 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
598 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
602 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
603 /// collected in this pool.
604 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
605 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
606 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
611 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
612 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part
613 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
614 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
615 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
618 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
620 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
621 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
622 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
627 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
628 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
629 assert(CurPool == nullptr);
630 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
632 } DelayedDiagnostics;
634 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
638 DeclContext *SavedContext;
639 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
640 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
643 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
644 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
645 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
646 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
648 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
649 S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
651 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
655 if (!SavedContext) return;
656 S.CurContext = SavedContext;
657 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
658 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
659 SavedContext = nullptr;
667 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
669 class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
671 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
674 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
675 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
677 S.PushFunctionScope();
678 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
681 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
682 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
683 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
687 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
688 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
689 /// identifier, declared or undeclared
690 llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
692 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
693 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers
694 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
695 /// in the currently selected standard.
696 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
699 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
700 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
702 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
703 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
704 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
705 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
706 /// It would be best to refactor this.
707 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
709 IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
711 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
712 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
713 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
716 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
717 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
719 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
720 /// standard library.
721 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
723 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
724 /// \<initializer_list>.
725 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
727 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
728 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
730 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
731 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
733 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
734 std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
736 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
737 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
739 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class.
740 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl;
742 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
743 QualType NSNumberPointer;
745 /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *).
746 QualType NSValuePointer;
748 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
749 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
751 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
752 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
754 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
755 QualType NSStringPointer;
757 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
758 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
760 /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method.
761 ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod;
763 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
764 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
766 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
767 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
769 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
770 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
772 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
773 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
775 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
776 QualType QIDNSCopying;
778 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
779 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
781 /// \brief counter for internal MS Asm label names.
782 unsigned MSAsmLabelNameCounter;
784 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
785 /// have been declared.
786 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
788 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
789 /// references to fields. This is really a
790 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
792 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
793 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
794 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
795 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
796 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
797 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
798 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
802 /// \brief The current expression occurs within a discarded statement.
803 /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing
804 /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways.
807 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
808 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
809 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
812 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
813 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
814 /// cases in a switch statement).
817 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
818 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
819 /// expression at run time.
820 PotentiallyEvaluated,
822 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
823 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
824 /// in fact the current expression is used.
826 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
827 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
828 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
829 /// until the default argument is used.
830 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
833 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
834 /// expression evaluation contexts.
835 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
836 /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
837 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
839 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
840 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup;
842 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
845 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
846 /// this expression evaluation context.
847 unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
849 /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
850 /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
853 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
855 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
856 /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
857 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
859 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
860 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
861 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
862 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
864 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
865 /// and block literals within this context.
867 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
868 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
869 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
871 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
872 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
873 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
875 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
876 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
877 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
879 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
880 unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
881 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup,
882 Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
884 : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup),
885 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
887 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
889 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
890 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
891 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
893 bool isUnevaluated() const {
894 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
898 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
899 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
901 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
904 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
906 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
907 /// associated with the context, if relevant.
908 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
909 const DeclContext *DC,
910 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
913 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
916 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
917 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
918 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
927 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
930 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
931 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
934 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
935 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
937 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
938 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
941 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
943 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
945 /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits
947 mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache;
949 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
951 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
952 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
953 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
954 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
956 TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
958 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
960 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
961 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
963 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
964 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
966 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
967 /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
969 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
970 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
971 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
972 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
973 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
975 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
976 // argument locations.
977 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
979 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
980 /// definition in this translation unit.
981 llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
983 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
984 void getUndefinedButUsed(
985 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
987 /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
988 /// the end of translation unit.
989 const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
990 getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
992 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
993 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
995 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
996 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
997 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
998 /// of selectors are "overloaded").
999 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
1000 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
1001 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
1003 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
1005 llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
1007 /// Kinds of C++ special members.
1008 enum CXXSpecialMember {
1009 CXXDefaultConstructor,
1018 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
1020 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
1021 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
1022 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
1023 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
1025 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
1026 void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel);
1028 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
1029 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
1030 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
1032 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
1033 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
1034 /// should not be used elsewhere.
1035 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
1037 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
1039 class FPContractStateRAII {
1041 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
1042 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
1043 ~FPContractStateRAII() {
1044 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
1048 bool OldFPContractState : 1;
1051 void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
1054 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
1055 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
1056 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
1059 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
1060 /// initialized but before it parses anything.
1063 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
1064 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
1065 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
1067 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
1068 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
1069 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
1070 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
1071 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
1072 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
1073 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
1075 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
1076 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
1078 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
1080 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
1082 void PrintStats() const;
1084 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
1085 /// template instantiation stacks.
1087 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
1088 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
1089 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
1090 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
1091 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
1093 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
1098 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1099 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
1101 // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move
1102 // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not
1103 // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So
1104 // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the
1105 // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op
1106 // in that case anwyay.
1107 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default;
1109 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
1110 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1111 if (!isActive()) return;
1113 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
1114 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
1115 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1117 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1118 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1119 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1120 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1121 // eliminate that code.
1125 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1126 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1129 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1130 template<typename T>
1131 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1132 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1133 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1139 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
1140 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1141 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1142 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1145 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1146 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1148 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1149 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1151 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1153 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1155 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1156 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1158 /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1159 SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1161 /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1162 ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1164 void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1166 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1168 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1170 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1172 void PushFunctionScope();
1173 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1174 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1176 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1177 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1178 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1179 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1181 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1183 CapturedRegionKind K);
1185 PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1186 const Decl *D = nullptr,
1187 const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1189 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1190 return FunctionScopes.back();
1193 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1194 if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1197 for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1198 if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1200 return FunctionScopes[e];
1205 template <typename ExprT>
1206 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1207 if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1208 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1211 void PushCompoundScope();
1212 void PopCompoundScope();
1214 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1216 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1218 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1219 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1221 /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1222 /// \param IgnoreCapturedRegions true if should find the top-most lambda scope
1223 /// info ignoring all inner captured regions scope infos.
1224 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(bool IgnoreCapturedRegions = false);
1226 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1227 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1229 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1230 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1232 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1233 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1235 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1237 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1238 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1241 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1242 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1243 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1244 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1245 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1246 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1247 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1248 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1249 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1250 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1251 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1252 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1253 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1255 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1257 /// \brief Build a function type.
1259 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1260 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1261 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1262 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1263 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1265 /// \param T The return type of the function.
1267 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1268 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1269 /// function parameters.
1271 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1272 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1273 /// type that will have function type.
1275 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1278 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1279 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1281 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1282 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1283 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1284 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1285 MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1286 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1287 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1289 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1291 DeclarationName Entity);
1292 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1293 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1294 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1295 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1296 QualType BuildPipeType(QualType T,
1297 SourceLocation Loc);
1299 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1300 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1301 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1302 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1304 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1305 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1306 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1307 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1308 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1309 TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1310 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1311 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1312 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1313 void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1314 const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1315 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range);
1316 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1317 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1318 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1319 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1320 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1321 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1322 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1323 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1324 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1325 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1326 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1327 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1328 bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1329 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1330 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1331 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1332 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1333 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1334 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1335 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1337 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1339 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1340 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1341 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1343 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1344 struct TypeDiagnoser {
1347 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1348 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1351 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1352 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1353 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1354 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1355 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1356 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1357 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1360 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1361 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1362 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1363 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1364 static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1365 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1367 template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
1369 std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
1371 template <std::size_t... Is>
1372 void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
1373 llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
1374 // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
1375 bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
1380 BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
1381 : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {
1382 assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser");
1385 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1386 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
1387 emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
1393 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1394 TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser);
1396 VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
1397 llvm::SmallVector<VisibleModuleSet, 16> VisibleModulesStack;
1399 Module *CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1402 /// \brief Get the module owning an entity.
1403 Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity);
1405 /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
1406 /// visible at the specified location.
1407 void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc);
1409 bool isModuleVisible(Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); }
1411 /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1412 bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
1413 return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D);
1416 /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible.
1418 hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D,
1419 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) {
1420 return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules);
1422 bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
1423 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules);
1425 bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def);
1427 /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
1428 /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
1429 bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
1430 bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
1431 bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
1433 return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
1436 /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument.
1438 hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1439 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1441 /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member
1442 /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration).
1443 bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
1444 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1446 /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations
1447 /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to
1448 /// an extension warning.
1449 bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
1450 const NamedDecl *B);
1451 void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
1452 SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D,
1453 ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv);
1455 bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1456 return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr);
1458 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1459 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1460 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1463 template <typename... Ts>
1464 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1465 const Ts &...Args) {
1466 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1467 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1470 void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E);
1471 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1472 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1474 template <typename... Ts>
1475 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
1476 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1477 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1480 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1481 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1482 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1484 template <typename... Ts>
1485 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1486 const Ts &...Args) {
1487 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1488 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1491 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1492 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1494 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1495 /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
1496 /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
1497 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
1498 bool AsUnevaluated = true);
1499 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1500 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1501 SourceLocation Loc);
1503 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1504 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1507 struct SkipBodyInfo {
1508 SkipBodyInfo() : ShouldSkip(false), Previous(nullptr) {}
1510 NamedDecl *Previous;
1513 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1514 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1515 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1516 /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1517 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1519 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1521 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1523 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1525 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1526 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1527 bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1528 ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr,
1529 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1530 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1531 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1532 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1533 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1534 void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1535 SourceLocation IILoc,
1538 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1539 bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
1541 /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified
1542 /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we
1543 /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related
1544 /// scope during instantiation.
1545 ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1546 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1547 bool IsTemplateTypeArg);
1549 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1550 /// by \c ClassifyName().
1551 enum NameClassificationKind {
1557 NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1563 class NameClassification {
1564 NameClassificationKind Kind;
1566 TemplateName Template;
1568 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1570 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1573 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1575 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1577 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1578 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1580 static NameClassification Error() {
1581 return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1584 static NameClassification Unknown() {
1585 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1588 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1589 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1592 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1593 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1594 Result.Template = Name;
1598 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1599 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1600 Result.Template = Name;
1604 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1605 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1606 Result.Template = Name;
1610 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1612 ParsedType getType() const {
1613 assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1617 ExprResult getExpression() const {
1618 assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1622 TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1623 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1624 Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1628 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1630 case NC_TypeTemplate:
1631 return TNK_Type_template;
1632 case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1633 return TNK_Function_template;
1634 case NC_VarTemplate:
1635 return TNK_Var_template;
1637 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1642 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1643 /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1645 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1646 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1647 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1649 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1651 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1653 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1654 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1656 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1658 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1659 /// disambiguate the name.
1661 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1662 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1665 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1667 ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1668 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
1669 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1670 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
1672 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1674 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1675 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1676 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1677 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1678 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1679 DeclarationName Name,
1680 SourceLocation Loc);
1682 diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1683 SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1684 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1685 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1686 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1687 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1688 SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1690 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1691 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1692 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1693 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1695 /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
1696 /// to a shadowing declaration.
1697 void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1700 /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if
1701 /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration.
1702 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls;
1705 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1706 void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
1707 void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
1708 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
1709 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1710 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1711 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1712 LookupResult &Previous);
1713 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1714 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1715 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1716 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1717 LookupResult &Previous,
1718 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1720 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1721 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1722 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1723 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1724 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1726 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1727 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1728 LookupResult &Previous,
1729 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1731 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1733 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1734 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1736 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1737 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1738 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1739 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1740 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1741 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1742 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1743 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1744 bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1745 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1746 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1747 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1748 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1751 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1752 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1753 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1755 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1756 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1758 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1759 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1760 SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1761 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1762 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1763 SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1765 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1766 bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1767 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1768 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1769 void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc);
1770 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1771 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1772 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1773 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
1774 SourceLocation AttrEnd);
1775 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1776 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1777 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1778 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1779 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1780 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1781 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1783 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1784 /// documentation comments.
1785 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1786 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1788 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1789 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1790 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(
1791 FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr,
1792 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1793 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1794 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1795 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1796 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D,
1797 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1798 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1799 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1800 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1803 /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
1804 /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
1805 /// code for that function.
1807 /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
1808 /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
1809 /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
1810 /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
1811 bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
1813 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1814 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1815 /// code for that function.
1817 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1818 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1819 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1820 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1822 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1823 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1824 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1825 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1826 void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D);
1828 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1829 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1830 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1832 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1833 /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1834 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters);
1836 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1837 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1838 /// specified threshold.
1840 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
1841 QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D);
1843 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1844 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1845 SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1846 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1848 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1849 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1850 AttributeList *AttrList,
1851 SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1853 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1855 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1857 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1859 /// \param Path The module access path.
1860 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1863 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1864 /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1865 void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1867 /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule.
1868 void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1869 /// \brief The parser has left a submodule.
1870 void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1872 /// \brief Check if module import may be found in the current context,
1873 /// emit error if not.
1874 void diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc);
1876 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1877 /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
1879 /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
1880 /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
1881 /// has forgotten to import.
1882 void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
1885 /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond
1886 /// to %select values in diagnostics.
1887 enum class MissingImportKind {
1891 ExplicitSpecialization,
1892 PartialSpecialization
1895 /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but
1896 /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem.
1897 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1898 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true);
1899 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1900 SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
1901 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover);
1903 /// \brief We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an
1904 /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations
1905 /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not.
1906 void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec);
1908 /// \brief We've found a use of a template specialization that would select a
1909 /// partial specialization. Check that the partial specialization is visible,
1910 /// and diagnose if not.
1911 void checkPartialSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc,
1914 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1915 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1916 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1919 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1920 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1921 const Preprocessor &PP);
1924 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1925 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1927 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
1928 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
1929 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
1930 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1931 bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
1932 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
1934 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1937 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
1939 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1940 RecordDecl *Record);
1942 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1943 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1944 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1945 const IdentifierInfo *Name);
1948 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;'
1949 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;'
1950 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1951 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;'
1954 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1955 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1956 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1957 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1958 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1959 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1960 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1961 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1962 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
1963 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1965 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1966 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1968 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1969 AttributeList *Attr,
1970 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1972 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1975 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1976 IdentifierInfo *Name,
1977 SourceLocation TagLoc,
1978 SourceLocation NameLoc);
1980 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1981 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1982 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1983 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1984 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1986 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1987 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1988 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1989 AccessSpecifier AS);
1990 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1991 SourceLocation DeclStart,
1992 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1993 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1995 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1997 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1998 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1999 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
2000 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2001 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2002 SourceLocation TSSL,
2003 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
2004 Declarator *D = nullptr);
2006 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
2007 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
2008 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
2009 bool Diagnose = false);
2010 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
2011 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
2012 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
2013 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2014 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2015 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
2017 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
2018 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
2019 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
2020 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
2021 AttributeList *AttrList);
2023 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
2024 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
2025 /// struct, or union).
2026 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2028 typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext;
2030 /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
2031 SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD);
2033 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
2035 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
2036 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
2037 /// member declarations.
2038 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2039 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
2040 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
2041 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
2043 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
2044 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
2045 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2046 SourceRange BraceRange);
2048 void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context);
2050 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
2052 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
2053 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
2055 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
2056 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2057 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2059 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
2060 /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
2061 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2063 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
2064 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
2065 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2068 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
2069 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
2070 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
2071 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit,
2072 const EnumDecl *Prev);
2074 /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
2075 /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
2076 SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
2077 SourceLocation IILoc);
2079 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
2080 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2081 AttributeList *Attrs,
2082 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
2083 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
2085 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
2086 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
2088 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
2090 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
2091 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2092 void PopDeclContext();
2094 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
2095 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
2096 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2097 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
2099 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
2100 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
2101 void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
2103 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
2105 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
2106 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently
2107 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2108 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
2110 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
2111 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently
2112 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2113 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
2115 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
2116 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently
2117 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2118 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
2120 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
2121 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
2123 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
2124 /// top level scope.
2126 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
2128 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
2129 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
2131 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
2132 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
2133 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
2135 /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
2136 /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
2137 /// directly within it.
2138 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
2139 bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
2141 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
2142 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL.
2143 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2145 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
2146 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
2147 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
2148 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
2150 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
2151 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
2152 enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
2153 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
2155 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
2158 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
2159 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
2161 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
2162 /// a protocol requirement.
2163 AMK_ProtocolImplementation,
2166 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
2167 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
2168 IdentifierInfo *Platform,
2170 VersionTuple Introduced,
2171 VersionTuple Deprecated,
2172 VersionTuple Obsoleted,
2175 bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement,
2176 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK,
2177 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2178 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2179 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2180 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2181 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2182 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2183 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2184 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2185 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2186 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2187 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2189 mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2190 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
2191 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2192 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2193 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
2194 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2195 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
2196 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2197 AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2198 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2199 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2200 MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2201 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2202 OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2203 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2204 InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2205 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2206 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2207 CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2208 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2210 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2211 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
2212 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2213 LookupResult &OldDecls);
2214 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
2215 bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2216 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2217 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2218 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
2219 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
2220 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2221 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2222 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2224 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2225 // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2226 enum AssignmentAction {
2234 AA_Passing_CFAudited
2237 /// C++ Overloading.
2239 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2240 /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2243 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2244 /// an existing declaration.
2247 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2251 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2253 const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2254 NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2255 bool IsForUsingDecl);
2256 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl,
2257 bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true);
2259 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2260 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2262 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2263 /// an available function, false otherwise.
2264 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2266 ImplicitConversionSequence
2267 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2268 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2270 bool InOverloadResolution,
2272 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2274 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2275 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2276 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2277 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2278 bool InOverloadResolution,
2279 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2280 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2281 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2282 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2283 QualType &ConvertedType);
2284 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2285 QualType& ConvertedType);
2286 bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2287 const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2288 unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2289 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2290 QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2292 void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E);
2293 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2294 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2296 CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2297 bool IgnoreBaseAccess,
2298 bool Diagnose = true);
2299 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2300 bool InOverloadResolution,
2301 QualType &ConvertedType);
2302 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2304 CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2305 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2306 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2307 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2308 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2309 QualType &ResultTy);
2310 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2311 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2313 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2314 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2315 QualType ResultType,
2317 bool AllowNRVO = true);
2319 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2321 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2322 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2324 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2325 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2326 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2327 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2328 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2329 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2331 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2332 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2334 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2336 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label.
2337 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2338 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2339 CCEK_NewExpr, ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2340 CCEK_ConstexprIf ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement.
2342 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2343 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2344 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2345 APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2347 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2348 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2349 class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2352 bool SuppressConversion;
2354 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2355 bool SuppressConversion = false)
2356 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2358 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2359 /// for this conversion.
2360 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2362 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2363 /// integral or enumeration type.
2364 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2365 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2367 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2368 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2369 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2371 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2373 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2374 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2376 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2377 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2378 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2380 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2382 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2383 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2385 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2386 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2387 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2389 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2390 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2391 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2392 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2394 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2397 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2398 bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2401 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2402 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2403 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2404 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2406 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2407 bool match(QualType T) override;
2409 SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2410 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2411 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2414 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2415 /// integral or enumeration type.
2416 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2417 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2420 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2421 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2422 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2425 enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2430 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2432 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2433 // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2434 enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2443 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2445 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2446 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2447 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2450 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2451 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2452 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2453 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2455 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2456 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2457 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2458 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2459 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2460 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2461 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2462 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2463 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2464 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2465 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
2466 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2467 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2468 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2469 QualType ObjectType,
2470 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2471 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2472 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2473 bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2474 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2475 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2476 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2477 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2478 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2479 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2480 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2481 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2482 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2483 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2484 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2485 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2486 QualType ObjectType,
2487 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2488 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2489 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2490 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2491 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2492 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2493 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2494 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2495 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2496 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2497 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2498 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2499 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2500 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2501 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2502 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2503 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2504 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2505 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2506 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2507 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2508 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2509 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2510 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2511 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2512 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2513 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2514 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2515 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2516 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2517 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2518 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2519 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2520 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2521 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2522 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2523 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2524 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2525 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2526 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2527 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2528 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2529 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2531 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2532 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2533 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2534 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2536 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2537 void NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn,
2538 QualType DestType = QualType(),
2539 bool TakingAddress = false);
2541 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by
2542 // the expression Expr
2543 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(),
2544 bool TakingAddress = false);
2546 /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2547 /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2548 EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2549 bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2551 /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not,
2552 /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken.
2554 /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal.
2555 bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2556 bool Complain = false,
2557 SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
2559 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return]
2560 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2562 // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2563 // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2564 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2565 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2568 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2569 QualType TargetType,
2571 DeclAccessPair &Found,
2572 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2575 resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E,
2576 DeclAccessPair &FoundResult);
2578 bool resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(ExprResult &SrcExpr);
2581 ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2582 bool Complain = false,
2583 DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2585 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2586 ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2587 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2588 bool Complain = false,
2589 SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2590 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2591 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2594 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2595 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2597 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2598 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2601 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2602 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2603 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2604 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2606 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2607 // range-based for loop.
2608 enum ForRangeStatus {
2610 FRS_NoViableFunction,
2611 FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2614 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
2615 SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2616 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2617 LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2618 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2619 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2621 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2622 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2623 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2625 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2627 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true,
2628 bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false);
2630 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2631 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2632 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2633 ExprResult *Result);
2635 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2636 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2637 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2640 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2641 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
2642 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2643 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2645 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2646 SourceLocation RLoc,
2647 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2650 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2651 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2653 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2655 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2657 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2659 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2660 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2661 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2663 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2664 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2665 /// that best represents the call.
2666 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2667 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2669 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2670 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
2671 bool CheckParameterNames);
2672 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2673 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2674 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2676 /// \name Name lookup
2678 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2679 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2680 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2681 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2682 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2683 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2685 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2686 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2687 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2688 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2689 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2690 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2691 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2693 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2694 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2695 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2696 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2697 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2698 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2699 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2700 /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2703 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2704 enum LookupNameKind {
2705 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2706 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2707 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2708 LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2709 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2710 /// structs, and unions.
2712 /// Label name lookup.
2714 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2715 /// class/struct/union members.
2717 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2718 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2719 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2721 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2722 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2723 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2724 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2725 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2726 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2727 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2728 LookupNamespaceName,
2729 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2730 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate
2731 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2732 LookupUsingDeclName,
2733 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2734 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2735 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2736 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2737 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2738 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2739 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2740 LookupLocalFriendName,
2741 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2742 LookupObjCProtocolName,
2743 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2744 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2745 /// \brief Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation.
2746 LookupOMPReductionName,
2747 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2751 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2752 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2753 enum RedeclarationKind {
2754 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2755 /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2756 NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2757 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2758 /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2762 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2763 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2764 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2766 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2767 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2769 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2770 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2772 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2773 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2774 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2776 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2777 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2778 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2782 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2783 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2790 typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
2791 typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
2792 TypoRecoveryCallback;
2795 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2797 struct TypoExprState {
2798 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
2799 TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
2800 TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
2802 TypoExprState(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2803 TypoExprState& operator=(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2806 /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
2807 llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
2809 /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
2810 TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
2811 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2812 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
2814 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2816 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2817 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2818 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2820 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2822 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2824 /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
2825 /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
2826 /// should be skipped entirely.
2827 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
2828 makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2829 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2831 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2832 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
2833 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
2834 bool ErrorRecovery);
2837 const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
2839 /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
2840 void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
2842 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return
2843 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2845 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2846 /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2847 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2849 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2850 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2851 = NotForRedeclaration);
2852 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2853 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2854 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2855 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2856 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2858 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2859 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2860 bool EnteringContext = false);
2861 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2862 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2863 = NotForRedeclaration);
2864 bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2866 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2867 QualType T1, QualType T2,
2868 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2869 void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2870 DeclAccessPair Operator,
2871 QualType T1, QualType T2);
2873 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2874 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2876 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2877 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2878 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2880 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2881 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2882 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2884 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2885 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2886 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2888 bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
2889 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2890 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2893 bool AllowStringTemplate);
2894 bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2896 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2897 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
2899 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2900 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2901 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2902 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2903 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2904 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2906 enum CorrectTypoKind {
2907 CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
2908 CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
2911 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2912 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2913 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2914 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2915 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2916 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2917 bool EnteringContext = false,
2918 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
2919 bool RecordFailure = true);
2921 TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2922 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2924 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2925 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2926 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2927 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2928 bool EnteringContext = false,
2929 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
2931 /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children,
2932 /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there
2933 /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or
2934 /// more typos could not be corrected.
2936 /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs.
2938 /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its
2941 /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if
2942 /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo
2943 /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different
2944 /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted.
2946 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
2947 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2948 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
2951 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
2952 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
2953 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter);
2957 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
2958 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2959 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
2960 return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
2964 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
2965 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
2966 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter);
2969 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2970 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2971 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2973 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2974 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2975 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
2976 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2978 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2979 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2980 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2981 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2983 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2984 bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
2986 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2989 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2990 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2991 bool TypoCorrection = false);
2992 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2993 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2994 SourceLocation Loc);
2995 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2997 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2999 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
3001 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3002 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3003 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
3004 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
3005 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
3006 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
3007 const AttributeList *AttrList);
3009 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
3011 /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
3012 /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
3013 /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
3015 bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
3017 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
3018 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
3019 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
3020 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
3021 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
3022 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
3023 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
3024 bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3025 void checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3026 bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
3027 CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
3028 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
3030 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
3032 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
3033 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from
3034 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
3035 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor,
3036 SourceLocation Loc);
3038 // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
3039 // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
3040 // one that came from a typedef.
3041 bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
3043 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
3044 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
3045 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
3047 /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given
3050 /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be
3051 /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately.
3053 /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add.
3055 /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier.
3057 /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was
3058 /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C
3059 /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an
3060 /// underscored type specifier.
3062 /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise.
3063 bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability,
3064 SourceLocation nullabilityLoc,
3065 bool isContextSensitive);
3067 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3068 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
3071 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3072 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3073 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3075 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3076 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
3077 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3079 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
3080 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
3081 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3082 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3083 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3085 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
3086 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
3088 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
3089 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
3090 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
3091 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
3092 SourceLocation Loc);
3094 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
3095 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
3096 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3097 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3098 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
3100 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
3101 /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
3102 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3103 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3104 bool SynthesizeProperties);
3106 /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters.
3107 void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl);
3109 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
3110 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
3111 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3112 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
3113 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3115 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
3116 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
3117 /// declared in class 'IFace'.
3118 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
3119 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
3121 /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
3122 /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
3123 void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
3124 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
3126 /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
3127 /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
3128 /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
3129 ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3130 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
3132 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
3133 /// class extensions.
3134 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
3135 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3136 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3137 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3140 const bool isReadWrite,
3141 unsigned &Attributes,
3142 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3144 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3145 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
3147 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
3148 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
3149 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
3150 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3151 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3152 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3153 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3156 const bool isReadWrite,
3157 const unsigned Attributes,
3158 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3160 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3161 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
3162 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
3164 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
3165 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
3166 /// setter or getter.
3167 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3168 ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl);
3170 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
3172 void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
3173 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
3174 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
3176 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
3178 enum MethodMatchStrategy {
3183 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
3184 /// true, or false, accordingly.
3185 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3186 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
3187 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
3189 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
3190 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
3191 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
3192 const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
3193 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
3194 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
3195 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3196 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3197 bool &IncompleteImpl,
3198 bool ImmediateClass,
3199 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
3201 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
3202 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
3203 /// warns each time an exact match is found.
3204 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
3206 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
3207 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
3210 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
3211 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
3212 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
3214 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
3215 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
3216 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3217 bool receiverIdOrClass,
3221 /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
3222 /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and
3223 /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such
3224 /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it
3227 CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
3228 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
3229 bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther,
3230 const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr);
3233 AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
3234 SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass,
3235 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3238 DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
3239 Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3240 bool receiverIdOrClass);
3243 /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
3244 /// nullptr if none could be found
3245 ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
3247 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3250 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
3251 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
3252 bool RecordFailure = true) {
3254 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
3255 return TypoCorrection();
3259 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
3260 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
3261 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
3262 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
3263 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3264 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
3267 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
3268 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3269 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
3272 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
3274 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
3276 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3277 /// there are multiple signatures.
3278 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3279 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3280 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3284 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3285 /// there are multiple signatures.
3286 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3287 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3288 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3292 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
3293 QualType ObjectType=QualType());
3294 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
3296 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
3298 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
3300 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
3301 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
3303 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3304 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
3308 FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { }
3309 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
3311 ExprResult release() {
3315 Expr *get() const { return E; }
3317 Expr *operator->() {
3322 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
3323 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
3326 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
3331 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3332 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
3334 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
3335 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
3337 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3339 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
3340 /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
3341 return FullExprArg(FE.get());
3344 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
3345 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
3347 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
3348 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
3350 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3351 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3352 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
3353 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
3355 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
3356 class CompoundScopeRAII {
3358 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
3359 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3362 ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
3363 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3370 /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
3371 struct FunctionScopeRAII {
3374 FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
3375 ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
3377 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
3379 void disable() { Active = false; }
3382 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3383 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3384 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3385 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3386 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3387 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
3388 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
3389 SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3390 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3392 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3393 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3394 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3395 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3396 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3398 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3399 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3402 class ConditionResult;
3403 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3405 ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3406 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3407 StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3409 ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3410 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3411 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3413 ConditionResult Cond);
3414 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3415 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3416 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, ConditionResult Cond,
3418 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3419 SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen,
3420 Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen);
3422 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3423 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3425 ConditionResult Second,
3427 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3429 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3431 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3432 Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3433 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3434 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3436 enum BuildForRangeKind {
3437 /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3439 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3440 /// attempt any typo-correction.
3442 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3443 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3447 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc,
3448 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3450 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3451 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3452 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3453 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3454 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3455 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3456 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End,
3457 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3459 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3460 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3461 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3463 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3464 SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3465 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3466 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3467 SourceLocation StarLoc,
3469 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3470 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3472 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3473 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3474 typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3475 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3476 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3477 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3478 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3479 void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3480 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3482 unsigned NumParams);
3483 VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3484 bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible);
3485 bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3486 bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible);
3488 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3490 StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3491 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3493 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3494 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3495 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3496 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3497 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3498 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3500 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3501 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3503 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3504 bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3505 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3506 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3507 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member,
3508 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3509 SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3510 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3511 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3512 StringRef AsmString,
3513 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3514 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3515 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3516 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3517 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3518 LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
3519 SourceLocation Location,
3522 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3523 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3524 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3525 bool Invalid = false);
3527 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3529 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3530 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3532 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3534 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3535 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3537 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3538 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3540 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3542 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3546 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3548 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3549 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3550 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3551 IdentifierInfo *Id);
3553 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3555 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3556 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3557 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3558 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3560 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3561 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3563 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3566 void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
3567 void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
3568 StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3569 StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3571 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3573 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3575 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3577 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3579 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3580 /// whose result is unused, warn.
3581 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3582 void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
3583 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3585 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3586 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3588 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3591 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3595 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3596 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3597 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3598 const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3600 /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
3601 void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
3602 SourceLocation OpLoc);
3604 /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a
3606 void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
3607 SourceLocation Loc);
3609 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3610 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3612 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3614 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3615 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3616 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3618 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3619 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3622 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3624 enum AvailabilityDiagnostic { AD_Deprecation, AD_Unavailable, AD_Partial };
3626 void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityDiagnostic AD,
3627 NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3629 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3630 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty,
3631 bool ObjCPropertyAccess);
3633 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3634 UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason);
3636 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3637 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3639 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid);
3640 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3641 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr,
3642 bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false);
3643 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3644 void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3645 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3646 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3647 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3648 SourceLocation Loc);
3649 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3650 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3652 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3653 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3654 bool IsDecltype = false);
3655 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3656 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3657 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3658 bool IsDecltype = false);
3659 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3661 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3663 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3664 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3666 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3668 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also
3669 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3670 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants
3671 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3672 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3673 // named expressions.
3675 // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and
3676 // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of
3677 // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance,
3678 // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an
3679 // explicit nested-name-specifier).
3680 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse);
3681 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
3682 bool MightBeOdrUse = true);
3683 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3684 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3685 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3687 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3688 void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3690 enum TryCaptureKind {
3691 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3694 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3696 /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3698 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3700 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3701 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3703 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3704 /// an explicit lambda capture.
3706 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3707 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3708 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3709 /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3711 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3712 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3713 /// variable can be captured.
3715 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3716 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3719 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3720 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3721 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3722 /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3723 /// a nested generic lambda.
3725 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3726 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3727 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3728 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3729 QualType &CaptureType,
3730 QualType &DeclRefType,
3731 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3733 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3734 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3735 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3736 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3738 /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured.
3739 bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3741 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3742 /// variable will have in the given scope.
3743 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3745 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3746 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3747 bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3749 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3750 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3751 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3752 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3753 bool ForceComplain = false,
3754 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
3756 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3757 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3758 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3760 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3761 /// evaluation context.
3763 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3764 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3765 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3766 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3767 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3768 const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3770 // Primary Expressions.
3771 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3773 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
3774 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3775 UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3776 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
3777 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
3779 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3780 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3781 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3782 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3785 DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3786 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3787 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3788 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
3790 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3792 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3794 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3795 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3796 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3797 bool isAddressOfOperand,
3798 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3800 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3803 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
3805 BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3806 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3807 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
3808 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3809 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3811 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3812 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3813 SourceLocation nameLoc,
3814 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3815 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
3816 Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
3817 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3819 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3820 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3822 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3824 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3825 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3827 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3828 bool IsDefiniteInstance,
3830 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3831 const LookupResult &R,
3832 bool HasTrailingLParen);
3835 BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3836 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3837 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S,
3838 TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
3840 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3841 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3842 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3843 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3845 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3848 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3849 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3850 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3851 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3852 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
3853 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3855 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3856 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3857 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3858 SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3859 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
3861 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3862 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3863 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3864 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3866 bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
3868 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3869 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
3870 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3871 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3872 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3876 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3877 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3878 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
3879 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3881 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3882 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3883 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3884 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3885 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3886 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3887 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3888 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3889 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3890 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3891 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3892 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3894 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3895 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3897 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3898 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3899 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3900 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3902 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3904 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3905 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3906 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3908 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3909 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3911 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3912 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3913 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3914 SourceRange ArgRange);
3916 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3917 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3919 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3920 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3921 SourceRange ExprRange,
3922 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3923 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3924 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3925 IdentifierInfo &Name,
3926 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3927 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3928 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3929 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3931 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3932 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3933 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3934 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3935 ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
3936 Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3937 Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc);
3939 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3940 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3941 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3942 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3943 // defines a custom operator->).
3944 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3950 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
3951 Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3952 CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3953 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3954 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3956 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3959 BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3960 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3961 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3962 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
3963 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3965 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3966 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3968 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3970 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3971 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3972 const LookupResult &R);
3974 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3975 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3976 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3977 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3978 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3979 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3980 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3982 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3983 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3984 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3986 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3987 UnqualifiedId &Member,
3990 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3991 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3992 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3993 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3994 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3995 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3996 bool ExecConfig = false);
3997 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3999 const Expr *ArgExpr);
4001 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
4002 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
4004 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4005 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4006 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
4007 bool IsExecConfig = false);
4008 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
4009 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4010 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
4011 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4012 Expr *Config = nullptr,
4013 bool IsExecConfig = false);
4015 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
4016 MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
4017 SourceLocation GGGLoc);
4019 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4020 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
4021 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
4022 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4024 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4026 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
4028 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
4029 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4030 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
4031 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
4033 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
4035 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4037 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4040 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4041 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4042 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4045 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
4046 MultiExprArg InitArgList,
4047 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4049 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
4055 static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
4058 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4059 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4060 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4061 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4062 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
4063 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4065 void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc);
4067 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
4068 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
4069 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4070 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4071 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4073 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
4074 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
4075 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
4077 void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
4078 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
4079 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
4080 void ActOnStmtExprError();
4082 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
4083 struct OffsetOfComponent {
4084 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
4085 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident
4087 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
4092 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
4093 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4094 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4095 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4096 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4097 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4098 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4099 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4100 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
4101 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4102 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4104 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
4105 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4106 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
4107 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4109 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
4110 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
4111 SourceLocation RPLoc);
4112 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
4113 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4116 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
4118 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
4120 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
4121 enum IfExistsResult {
4122 /// \brief The symbol exists.
4125 /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
4128 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
4129 /// from one instantiation to the next.
4132 /// \brief An error occurred.
4137 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4138 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
4141 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4142 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4143 UnqualifiedId &Name);
4145 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4147 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
4148 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4150 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4152 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
4155 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
4157 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
4159 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4161 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
4162 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
4163 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
4166 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4167 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4168 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4170 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4171 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4172 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
4175 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
4177 /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
4178 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4179 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4180 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4182 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
4184 /// __builtin_astype(...)
4185 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4186 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4187 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4189 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
4191 // Act on C++ namespaces
4192 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
4193 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4194 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4195 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
4196 SourceLocation LBrace,
4197 AttributeList *AttrList,
4198 UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl);
4199 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
4201 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
4202 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
4204 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
4206 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
4207 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
4208 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
4210 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
4211 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
4213 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
4214 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
4216 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
4217 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
4218 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
4220 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
4221 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4222 SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
4224 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4225 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
4226 AttributeList *AttrList);
4228 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
4230 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
4231 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4232 SourceLocation AliasLoc,
4233 IdentifierInfo *Alias,
4235 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4236 IdentifierInfo *Ident);
4238 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
4239 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
4240 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
4241 UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
4242 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
4244 UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
4246 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4247 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4248 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4249 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4250 const LookupResult &Previous);
4251 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4252 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4253 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4254 SourceLocation NameLoc);
4256 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4257 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4259 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4260 AttributeList *AttrList,
4261 bool IsInstantiation,
4262 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4263 SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
4265 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
4267 /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the
4268 /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit
4269 /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization.
4270 CXXConstructorDecl *
4271 findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor,
4272 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow);
4274 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4276 bool HasUsingKeyword,
4277 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4279 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4280 AttributeList *AttrList,
4281 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4282 SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
4283 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4285 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4286 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4287 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4288 AttributeList *AttrList,
4290 Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
4292 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
4293 /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
4295 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
4297 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4298 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4299 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4300 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4301 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4302 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4303 SourceRange ParenRange);
4305 /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if
4306 /// it denotes an inherited constructor.
4308 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4309 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4311 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4312 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4313 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4314 SourceRange ParenRange);
4316 // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
4317 // the constructor can be elidable?
4319 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4320 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4321 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4322 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
4323 bool IsListInitialization,
4324 bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
4325 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
4327 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
4329 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
4330 /// the default expr if needed.
4331 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4333 ParmVarDecl *Param);
4335 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
4336 /// constructed variable.
4337 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
4339 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
4340 /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
4341 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
4342 // Pointer to allow copying
4344 // We order exception specifications thus:
4345 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
4346 // throw() comes next.
4347 // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
4348 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
4349 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
4350 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
4351 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
4352 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
4354 void ClearExceptions() {
4355 ExceptionsSeen.clear();
4360 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
4361 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
4362 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
4363 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
4366 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
4367 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
4368 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
4369 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
4373 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
4374 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
4376 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
4377 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
4379 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
4380 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4382 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
4383 void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
4385 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
4386 /// computed exception specification.
4387 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
4388 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
4389 ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
4390 if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
4391 ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
4392 } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
4393 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
4394 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
4395 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
4396 ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
4397 ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
4398 tok::kw_false).get();
4404 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4405 /// copy constructor of a class will have.
4406 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4407 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4410 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4411 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
4413 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4414 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4416 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
4417 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
4418 /// parameter will be const.
4419 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4420 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4422 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4423 /// constructor of a class will have.
4424 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4425 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4427 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4428 /// assignment operator of a class will have.
4429 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4430 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4432 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4433 /// destructor of a class will have.
4434 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4435 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4437 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
4438 /// constructor of a class will have.
4439 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4440 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4441 CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4443 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
4444 /// special member function.
4445 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4447 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
4448 /// exception specification information with the results.
4449 void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
4450 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4451 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4452 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4454 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4455 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
4457 /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
4458 /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
4459 bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
4461 /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function
4462 /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
4463 /// after the method itself was declared.
4464 void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
4465 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4466 SourceRange SpecificationRange,
4467 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4468 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4469 Expr *NoexceptExpr);
4471 class InheritedConstructorInfo;
4473 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4474 /// definition when it is defaulted.
4475 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4476 InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr,
4477 bool Diagnose = false);
4479 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4481 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4482 /// default constructor will be added.
4484 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4485 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4486 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4488 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4489 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4490 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4491 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4493 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4495 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4496 /// destructor will be added.
4498 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4499 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4501 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4502 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4503 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4504 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4506 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4508 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4509 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4510 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4511 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4513 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4514 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4515 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4517 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4519 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4520 /// copy constructor will be added.
4522 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4523 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4525 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4526 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4527 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4528 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4530 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4532 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4533 /// move constructor will be added.
4535 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4537 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4539 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4540 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4541 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4542 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4544 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4546 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4547 /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4549 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4550 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4552 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4553 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4554 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4556 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4558 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4559 /// move assignment operator will be added.
4561 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4562 /// wasn't declared.
4563 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4565 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4566 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4567 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4569 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4571 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4573 /// \brief Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member.
4574 void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD);
4576 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4577 /// special member function.
4578 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4580 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4581 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4583 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4584 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4586 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4587 /// member function.
4588 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4590 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4591 /// static member function.
4593 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4594 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4596 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4597 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4598 /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4599 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4601 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4602 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4604 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4605 bool AllowExplicit = false,
4606 bool IsListInitialization = false);
4608 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4609 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4610 IdentifierInfo &Name);
4612 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4613 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4614 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4615 ParsedType ObjectType,
4616 bool EnteringContext);
4618 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4620 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4621 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4622 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4624 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4625 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4626 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4627 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4629 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4630 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4632 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4634 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4635 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4638 SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4639 SourceRange Parens);
4641 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4642 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4643 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4644 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4645 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4646 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4648 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4650 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4651 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4652 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4654 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4656 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4657 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4658 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4659 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4660 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4661 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4663 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4665 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4666 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4667 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4669 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4671 /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
4672 ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4673 tok::TokenKind Operator,
4674 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4675 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4676 ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4677 BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
4678 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4679 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4680 ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4681 BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
4683 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer.
4684 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4686 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4688 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4689 QualType getCurrentThisType();
4691 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4692 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4693 /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4694 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4696 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4697 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4698 class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4700 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4704 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4705 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4706 /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4707 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4708 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4709 bool Enabled = true);
4711 ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4714 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4715 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4717 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4719 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4722 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4723 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4724 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4725 /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4726 /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4727 /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4728 /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4729 bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4730 bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4731 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr,
4732 bool ByCopy = false);
4734 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4735 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4737 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4739 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4740 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4743 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4744 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4747 ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs,
4748 SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen);
4750 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4751 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4753 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
4754 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4755 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4756 bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4757 bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
4759 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4760 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4761 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4762 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4763 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4764 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4766 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4768 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4769 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4771 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4773 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4774 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4775 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4776 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4777 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4778 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4780 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4781 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4782 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4783 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4784 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4786 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4788 SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4790 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4792 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4794 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4795 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4796 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4797 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4798 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4799 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4800 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4802 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4803 bool Diagnose = true);
4804 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4805 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4807 QualType Param2 = QualType());
4809 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4810 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4811 bool Diagnose = true);
4812 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4813 bool CanProvideSize,
4814 DeclarationName Name);
4816 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4817 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4818 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4820 void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
4821 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
4822 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
4823 SourceLocation DtorLoc);
4825 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4826 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4827 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4828 SourceLocation RParen);
4830 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4831 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4832 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4833 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4834 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4835 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4836 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4838 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4839 /// pseudo-functions.
4840 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4841 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4844 SourceLocation RParen);
4846 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4847 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4848 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4850 SourceLocation RParen);
4852 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4853 /// pseudo-functions.
4854 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4855 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4857 SourceLocation RParen);
4859 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4860 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4862 SourceLocation RParen);
4864 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4866 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4867 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4868 ParsedType &ObjectType,
4869 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4871 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4872 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4873 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4874 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4875 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4876 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4877 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4878 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
4880 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4881 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4882 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4884 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4885 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4886 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4887 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
4889 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4890 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4891 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4892 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4893 const DeclSpec& DS);
4895 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4896 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4897 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4898 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4899 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4900 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4902 MaterializeTemporaryExpr *
4903 CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary,
4904 bool BoundToLvalueReference);
4906 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4907 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4908 : SourceLocation());
4910 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4911 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4912 bool IsConstexpr = false,
4913 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
4914 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4916 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4917 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4919 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4920 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4921 bool EnteringContext = false);
4922 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4923 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4925 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4927 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4929 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4930 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4932 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4933 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4935 /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
4937 /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
4939 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
4941 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4942 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4944 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4945 bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
4946 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4948 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
4949 bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
4950 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4952 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4953 SourceLocation IdLoc,
4955 ParsedType ObjectType);
4957 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4958 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4959 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4960 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4961 QualType ObjectType,
4962 bool EnteringContext,
4964 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4965 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
4966 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4968 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4970 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4972 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4974 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4976 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4978 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4979 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4981 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4982 /// this nested-name-specifier.
4984 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4985 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4986 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4987 /// including this new type).
4989 /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
4990 /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
4992 /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
4993 /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
4994 /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
4996 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4997 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4998 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4999 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
5000 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5001 ParsedType ObjectType,
5002 bool EnteringContext,
5004 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
5005 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
5007 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
5009 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5011 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
5013 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5014 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
5015 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
5016 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5017 ParsedType ObjectType,
5018 bool EnteringContext);
5020 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
5021 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
5023 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
5025 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
5026 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
5027 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
5028 /// including this new type).
5030 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5031 /// \param TemplateName the template name.
5032 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5033 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
5034 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5035 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
5036 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
5038 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
5039 /// nested-name-specifier.
5042 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5043 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5045 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5046 TemplateTy TemplateName,
5047 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5048 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5049 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5050 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5051 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5052 bool EnteringContext);
5054 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
5055 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
5056 /// nested-name-specifier.
5058 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
5060 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
5061 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
5062 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5064 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
5065 /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
5067 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
5068 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
5070 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
5072 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
5073 /// of the annotation pointer.
5074 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
5075 SourceRange AnnotationRange,
5078 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5080 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
5081 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
5082 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
5083 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
5084 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
5085 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
5086 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5088 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
5089 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
5090 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
5091 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
5093 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5095 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
5096 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5097 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
5098 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
5100 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5102 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
5103 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5104 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5106 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
5107 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5108 TypeSourceInfo *Info,
5109 bool KnownDependent,
5110 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
5112 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
5113 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5114 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5115 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
5116 SourceLocation EndLoc,
5117 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
5119 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
5120 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
5121 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
5122 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5123 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
5124 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
5125 bool ExplicitParams,
5126 bool ExplicitResultType,
5129 /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
5130 /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
5131 /// not being used to initialize a reference.
5132 ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5133 SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id,
5134 LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) {
5135 return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5136 Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init));
5138 QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
5140 bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init);
5142 /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
5143 /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
5145 /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
5146 /// variables appropriately.
5147 VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
5148 QualType InitCaptureType,
5150 unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init);
5152 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
5153 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
5155 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
5157 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5159 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
5160 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
5162 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
5163 /// statements present in the body.
5164 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
5166 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
5167 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
5168 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
5170 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
5171 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
5173 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
5174 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
5175 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
5176 bool IsInstantiation = false);
5178 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
5179 /// was successfully completed.
5180 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
5183 /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
5185 ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
5186 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5188 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5189 /// function pointer.
5191 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5192 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5193 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5194 /// block pointer conversion.
5195 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
5196 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5198 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5201 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5202 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5203 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5204 /// block pointer conversion.
5205 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
5206 CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5208 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5209 SourceLocation ConvLocation,
5210 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
5213 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
5214 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
5215 ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings);
5217 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
5219 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5220 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
5221 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
5222 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
5223 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
5225 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
5227 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5228 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
5229 /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type
5230 /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *",
5231 /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'.
5232 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
5234 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
5236 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
5237 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
5239 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
5240 MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements);
5242 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5243 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
5244 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5245 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5246 CXXConversionDecl *Method,
5247 bool HadMultipleCandidates);
5249 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5250 SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
5251 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5253 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5255 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
5256 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
5257 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5258 SourceLocation SelLoc,
5259 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5260 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5261 bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
5263 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
5264 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
5265 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5266 SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
5267 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5268 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
5269 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5271 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5274 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5275 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5277 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
5278 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5280 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5283 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5286 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
5287 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
5288 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
5290 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
5291 SourceLocation ASLoc,
5292 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5293 AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
5295 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
5297 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5298 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
5299 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
5301 void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
5302 void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
5303 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5306 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5309 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5310 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5312 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5313 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5314 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5315 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5316 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5318 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5321 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5322 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5324 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5326 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5328 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5331 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5332 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5334 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5336 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5338 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
5340 SourceLocation IdLoc);
5342 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
5343 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
5345 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5346 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5348 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5350 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5352 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5353 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
5355 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
5356 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
5358 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
5361 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
5362 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
5364 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5365 CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5367 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
5368 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
5369 /// first use occurred.
5370 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
5372 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
5374 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
5376 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
5377 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
5378 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
5379 /// by code generation).
5380 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
5382 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
5383 void LoadExternalVTableUses();
5385 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
5387 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5388 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5390 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
5391 /// in the given class as needed.
5392 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
5393 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5395 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
5396 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
5397 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5398 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5400 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
5401 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
5404 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
5405 bool DefineUsedVTables();
5407 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5409 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
5410 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5411 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
5414 /// \brief Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must
5415 /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later
5416 /// when all outer classes of Class are complete.
5417 void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
5419 void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods();
5421 void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
5422 CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
5423 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
5424 SourceLocation BaseLoc);
5426 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5427 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
5429 SourceLocation LBrac,
5430 SourceLocation RBrac,
5431 AttributeList *AttrList);
5432 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
5433 void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D);
5435 void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
5436 unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
5437 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5438 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5439 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
5440 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5441 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5442 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
5443 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
5444 CachedTokens &Toks);
5445 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
5446 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
5448 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5450 Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
5451 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5452 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5454 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
5455 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5458 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
5459 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5460 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
5461 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
5462 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5463 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5464 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5466 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5468 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5469 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5471 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5472 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5474 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
5476 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
5477 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5478 const FunctionProtoType *T);
5479 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
5481 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5482 // C++ Derived Classes
5485 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
5486 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5487 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5488 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5489 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5490 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5492 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
5493 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5494 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
5495 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5496 ParsedType basetype,
5497 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
5498 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5500 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5501 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5502 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl,
5503 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5505 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5506 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5507 CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5509 // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5510 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5512 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5513 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5514 CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5515 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5516 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5517 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5518 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5519 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5520 DeclarationName Name,
5521 CXXCastPath *BasePath,
5522 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5524 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5526 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5527 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5529 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5530 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5531 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5532 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5534 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5535 /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5536 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5537 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5539 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5541 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5542 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5544 /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
5545 /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
5546 void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5548 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5549 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5550 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5551 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5552 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5555 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5556 // C++ Access Control
5566 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5567 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5568 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5570 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5571 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5572 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5573 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5574 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5575 SourceRange PlacementRange,
5576 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5577 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5578 bool Diagnose = true);
5579 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5580 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5581 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5582 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5583 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5584 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5585 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5586 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5587 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5588 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5589 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5590 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5591 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5592 QualType objectType = QualType());
5593 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5594 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5595 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5596 DeclAccessPair Found);
5597 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5600 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5601 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5602 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5603 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5604 QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5605 const CXXBasePath &Path,
5607 bool ForceCheck = false,
5608 bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5609 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5610 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5611 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5612 AccessSpecifier access,
5613 QualType objectType);
5615 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5616 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5617 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5618 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5620 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5622 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5623 /// failures rather than hard errors.
5624 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5626 enum AbstractDiagSelID {
5630 AbstractVariableType,
5633 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
5637 bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
5638 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5639 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
5640 template <typename... Ts>
5641 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5642 const Ts &...Args) {
5643 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
5644 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5647 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5649 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5650 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5653 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5655 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5657 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5658 // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5660 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5661 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5662 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5663 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5665 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5666 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5667 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5669 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5671 bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5672 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5673 ParsedType ObjectType,
5674 bool EnteringContext,
5675 TemplateTy &Template,
5676 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5678 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5679 SourceLocation IILoc,
5681 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5682 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5683 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5685 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5686 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5688 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
5689 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5690 SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5691 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5692 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5693 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5694 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5695 ParsedType DefaultArg);
5697 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5698 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5701 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5703 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5704 SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5705 TemplateParameterList *Params,
5706 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5707 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5708 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5711 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5712 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5714 TemplateParameterList *
5715 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5716 SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5717 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5718 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5719 ArrayRef<Decl *> Params,
5720 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5721 Expr *RequiresClause);
5723 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5724 enum TemplateParamListContext {
5727 TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5728 TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5729 TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5730 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5731 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5732 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5735 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5736 TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5737 TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5738 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5739 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5740 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
5741 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5742 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5744 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5745 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5746 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5747 AttributeList *Attr,
5748 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5750 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5751 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5752 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5753 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
5754 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5756 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5757 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5759 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5761 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5762 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5763 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5766 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5767 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5768 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5769 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5770 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5771 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5773 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5774 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5775 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5776 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5777 SourceLocation TagLoc,
5779 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5780 TemplateTy TemplateD,
5781 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5782 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5783 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5784 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5786 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5787 Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5788 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5789 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5791 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5792 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5793 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5794 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5796 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5797 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5798 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5799 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5800 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5802 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5803 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5806 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5808 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5809 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5810 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5811 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5813 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5815 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5816 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5817 ParsedType ObjectType,
5818 bool EnteringContext,
5819 TemplateTy &Template);
5822 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5823 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5824 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5825 TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
5826 AttributeList *Attr,
5827 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5828 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5830 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5831 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5835 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5836 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5837 NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5838 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5839 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5842 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5843 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5844 LookupResult &Previous);
5846 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5847 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5848 LookupResult &Previous);
5849 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5852 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5853 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5854 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5856 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5857 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5858 TemplateTy Template,
5859 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5860 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5861 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5862 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5863 AttributeList *Attr);
5866 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5867 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5868 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5870 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5872 IdentifierInfo *Name,
5873 SourceLocation NameLoc,
5874 AttributeList *Attr);
5876 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5877 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5878 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5882 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5883 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5884 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5886 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5888 bool &HasDefaultArg);
5890 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5891 /// argument is being checked.
5892 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5893 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5894 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5897 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5901 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5902 /// via template argument deduction.
5903 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5906 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5907 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5908 NamedDecl *Template,
5909 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5910 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5911 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5912 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5913 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5915 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5916 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5918 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5921 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5923 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5924 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5925 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5928 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5929 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5930 /// set of template arguments.
5932 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5935 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5936 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5937 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5938 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5939 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5940 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5942 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5943 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5944 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5946 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5947 TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5948 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5949 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5950 TemplateArgument &Converted,
5951 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5952 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5953 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5954 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5957 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5959 SourceLocation Loc);
5961 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5962 SourceLocation Loc);
5964 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5966 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5967 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5968 /// that might be redeclarations.
5971 /// template<typename T> struct X;
5972 /// template<typename T> struct X;
5976 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5977 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5978 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5981 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5982 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5984 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5986 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5987 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5988 /// template parameter.
5991 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5992 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5993 /// X<integer_c> xic;
5995 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5998 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5999 TemplateParameterList *Old,
6001 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
6002 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
6003 = SourceLocation());
6005 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
6007 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6008 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
6010 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6011 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6012 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6013 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
6014 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
6016 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6017 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
6018 SourceLocation IdLoc);
6020 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6021 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
6022 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
6024 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6025 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6026 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6027 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
6028 /// \param TemplateName The template name.
6029 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
6030 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
6031 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
6032 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
6034 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6035 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6036 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6037 TemplateTy TemplateName,
6038 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6039 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6040 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6041 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
6043 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
6044 SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
6045 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
6046 const IdentifierInfo &II,
6047 SourceLocation IILoc);
6049 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6051 DeclarationName Name);
6052 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6054 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
6055 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
6056 TemplateParameterList *Params);
6059 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6060 const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
6063 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6064 const TemplateArgument *Args,
6067 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6068 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
6069 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6071 /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
6072 /// location. Useful for error recovery.
6073 bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
6075 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
6076 /// being diagnosed.
6078 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
6079 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
6080 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
6081 /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
6082 UPPC_Expression = 0,
6084 /// \brief The base type of a class type.
6087 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
6088 UPPC_DeclarationType,
6090 /// \brief The type of a data member.
6091 UPPC_DataMemberType,
6093 /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
6096 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
6097 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
6099 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
6100 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
6102 /// \brief The enumerator value.
6103 UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
6105 /// \brief A using declaration.
6106 UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
6108 /// \brief A friend declaration.
6109 UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
6111 /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
6112 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
6114 /// \brief An initializer.
6117 /// \brief A default argument.
6118 UPPC_DefaultArgument,
6120 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
6121 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
6123 /// \brief The type of an exception.
6126 /// \brief Partial specialization.
6127 UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
6129 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
6132 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
6135 /// \brief Lambda expression.
6138 /// \brief Block expression,
6142 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
6144 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
6146 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
6147 /// parameter packs.
6149 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
6151 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6152 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
6153 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
6154 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
6156 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6157 /// diagnose the error.
6159 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
6161 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
6164 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6165 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6166 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6168 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
6169 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6171 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
6172 /// parameter packs.
6174 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6175 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
6176 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
6178 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
6179 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
6181 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
6182 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6184 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6185 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6186 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6188 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6189 /// diagnose the error.
6191 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
6192 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
6194 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6195 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6196 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6198 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6199 /// diagnose the error.
6201 /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
6203 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
6204 /// parameter packs.
6206 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6207 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
6208 TemplateName Template,
6209 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6211 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
6212 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6214 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
6215 /// parameter packs.
6217 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6218 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6219 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6221 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6222 /// template argument.
6224 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6225 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6226 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
6227 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6229 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6230 /// template argument.
6232 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6233 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6234 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6235 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6237 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6240 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
6241 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6242 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
6243 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6245 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6248 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
6249 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6250 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
6251 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6253 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6254 /// nested-name-specifier.
6256 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
6257 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6258 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6259 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6261 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6264 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
6265 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6266 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6267 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6269 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
6270 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
6272 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
6273 /// may already be invalid.
6275 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6276 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
6277 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6279 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
6280 /// creates a pack expansion.
6282 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6283 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6285 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6286 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6288 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6290 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
6291 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6292 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6294 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6296 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
6297 SourceRange PatternRange,
6298 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6299 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6301 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6302 /// creates a pack expansion.
6304 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6305 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6307 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6308 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6310 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6311 /// creates a pack expansion.
6313 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6314 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6316 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6317 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6318 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6320 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
6321 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
6322 /// transforming the pattern.
6324 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
6327 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
6328 /// the pack expansion.
6330 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
6333 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
6334 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
6335 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
6337 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
6338 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
6339 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
6340 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
6342 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
6343 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
6344 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
6345 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
6346 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
6347 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
6348 /// set this value in other cases.
6350 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
6351 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
6352 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
6354 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6355 SourceRange PatternRange,
6356 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
6357 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6359 bool &RetainExpansion,
6360 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
6362 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
6365 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
6366 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
6368 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
6369 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
6370 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6372 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
6373 /// parameter packs.
6375 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
6376 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
6382 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
6383 /// a variadic function.
6385 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
6386 /// false otherwise.
6387 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
6389 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
6391 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
6393 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
6395 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
6396 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
6397 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
6398 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
6399 SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
6400 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
6402 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6403 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
6404 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6406 QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType);
6408 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
6410 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
6411 /// template argument deduction, as returned from
6412 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
6413 /// structure provides additional information about the results of
6414 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
6415 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
6416 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
6417 enum TemplateDeductionResult {
6418 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
6420 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
6422 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
6423 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
6424 TDK_InstantiationDepth,
6425 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
6426 /// for every template parameter.
6428 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
6429 /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
6431 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
6432 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
6433 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
6434 /// but were given a non-const "X".
6436 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
6437 /// resulted in an error.
6438 TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
6439 /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent
6440 /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument.
6441 TDK_DeducedMismatch,
6442 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
6443 /// corresponding component of the argument.
6444 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
6445 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6446 /// template, there were too many call arguments.
6447 TDK_TooManyArguments,
6448 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6449 /// template, there were too few call arguments.
6450 TDK_TooFewArguments,
6451 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
6452 /// template arguments for the given template.
6453 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
6454 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
6455 /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
6456 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
6457 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
6458 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
6461 TemplateDeductionResult
6462 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6463 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6464 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6466 TemplateDeductionResult
6467 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6468 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6469 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6471 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
6472 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6473 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6474 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6475 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
6476 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6478 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
6479 // deduction for a call.
6480 struct OriginalCallArg {
6481 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
6483 QualType OriginalArgType)
6484 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
6485 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
6487 QualType OriginalParamType;
6489 QualType OriginalArgType;
6492 TemplateDeductionResult
6493 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6494 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6495 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
6496 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6497 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6498 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
6499 bool PartialOverloading = false);
6501 TemplateDeductionResult
6502 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6503 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6504 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6505 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6506 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6507 bool PartialOverloading = false);
6509 TemplateDeductionResult
6510 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6511 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6512 QualType ArgFunctionType,
6513 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6514 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6515 bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6517 TemplateDeductionResult
6518 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6520 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6521 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6523 TemplateDeductionResult
6524 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6525 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6526 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6527 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6528 bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6530 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6531 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6532 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6533 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6534 QualType Replacement);
6536 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6537 enum DeduceAutoResult {
6540 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6543 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
6545 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
6547 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6548 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6549 bool Diagnose = true);
6551 QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name,
6552 QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
6553 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
6556 TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
6558 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
6559 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6560 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
6562 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
6563 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
6565 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
6566 unsigned NumCallArguments1,
6567 unsigned NumCallArguments2);
6568 UnresolvedSetIterator
6569 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
6570 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
6572 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
6573 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
6574 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
6575 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
6577 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
6578 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6579 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6580 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
6581 SourceLocation Loc);
6583 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6584 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6585 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
6587 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6590 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
6591 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
6592 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6593 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
6594 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
6596 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
6597 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6598 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
6600 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6601 // C++ Template Instantiation
6604 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
6605 getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
6606 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
6607 bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
6608 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
6610 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
6611 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
6612 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
6613 enum InstantiationKind {
6614 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
6615 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
6616 TemplateInstantiation,
6618 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
6619 /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is
6620 /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the
6621 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as
6623 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
6625 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
6626 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
6627 /// provides the template arguments as specified.
6628 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
6630 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
6631 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6632 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6634 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
6635 /// template argument deduction for either a class template
6636 /// partial specialization or a function template. The
6637 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
6638 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6639 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6641 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6642 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6643 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6644 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6646 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6647 /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6648 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6650 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6651 /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6652 ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6655 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6656 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6658 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6659 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6661 NamedDecl *Template;
6663 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6666 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6667 /// are not part of the entity.
6668 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6670 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6671 unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6673 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
6674 return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs};
6677 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6678 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6679 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6681 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6682 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6683 /// template instantiation.
6684 SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6686 ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6687 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr),
6688 TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
6690 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6691 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6692 bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6694 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6695 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6696 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6699 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6703 case TemplateInstantiation:
6704 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6707 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6708 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6709 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6711 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6712 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6713 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6714 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6715 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6719 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6722 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6723 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6728 /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6730 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6731 /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6732 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6733 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6734 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6735 ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6737 /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated.
6738 llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations;
6740 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6741 /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6742 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6744 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6745 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6746 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6747 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6749 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6750 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6751 /// template defined within it.
6752 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6754 /// \brief Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most
6755 /// recent visible declaration of that namespace.
6756 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache;
6758 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6759 /// template instantiation.
6761 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6762 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6763 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6765 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6766 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6767 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6768 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6770 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6771 /// error or warning was produced.
6773 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6774 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6775 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6776 /// to implement it anywhere else.
6777 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6779 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6780 /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6782 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6783 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6784 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6785 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6787 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6788 /// within a \c Sema object.
6790 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6791 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6793 int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6796 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6797 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6798 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6801 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6802 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6806 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6808 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6809 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6812 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6813 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6814 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6815 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6817 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6820 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6821 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6822 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6823 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6824 /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6826 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6828 struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6829 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6830 /// function template, variable template, alias template,
6831 /// or a member thereof.
6832 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6834 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6836 struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6837 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6838 /// of a function template.
6839 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6840 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6841 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6843 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6845 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6846 TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template,
6847 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6848 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6850 /// \brief Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or
6851 /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction.
6852 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6853 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6854 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6855 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6856 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6857 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6859 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6860 /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6862 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6863 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6864 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6865 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6866 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6868 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6869 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6871 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6872 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6873 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6874 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6875 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6877 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function
6879 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6881 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6882 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6884 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6885 /// non-type parameter.
6886 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6887 NamedDecl *Template,
6888 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6889 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6890 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6892 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6893 /// template template parameter.
6894 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6895 NamedDecl *Template,
6896 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6897 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6898 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6900 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6901 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6902 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6903 TemplateDecl *Template,
6905 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6906 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6909 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6912 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6914 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6915 /// recursive template instantiations.
6916 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
6918 /// \brief Determine whether we are already instantiating this
6919 /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation.
6920 bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; }
6925 bool AlreadyInstantiating;
6926 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6927 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6928 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6930 InstantiatingTemplate(
6931 Sema &SemaRef, ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6932 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
6933 Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
6934 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None,
6935 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
6937 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
6939 InstantiatingTemplate&
6940 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
6943 void PrintInstantiationStack();
6945 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6946 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6949 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6950 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6951 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6952 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6953 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6955 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6956 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6957 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6958 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6959 "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6960 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6963 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6964 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6968 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6969 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6970 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6973 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6974 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6975 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6976 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6977 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6979 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6980 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6981 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6985 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6986 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6987 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6988 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6991 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6992 bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6993 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6997 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
6998 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
6999 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
7000 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
7001 class TentativeAnalysisScope {
7003 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
7005 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
7007 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
7008 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
7009 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
7010 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
7012 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
7013 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
7017 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
7019 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
7021 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
7023 bool DisableTypoCorrection;
7025 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
7026 unsigned TyposCorrected;
7028 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
7029 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
7031 /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
7032 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
7033 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
7034 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
7036 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
7037 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
7038 threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
7040 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
7042 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
7043 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
7044 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
7045 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
7046 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
7047 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
7048 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
7050 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
7051 /// but have not yet been performed.
7052 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
7054 class SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII {
7056 SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
7057 : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
7058 if (!Enabled) return;
7060 SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
7061 SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
7064 ~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII() {
7065 if (!Enabled) return;
7067 // Restore the set of pending vtables.
7068 assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
7069 "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
7070 S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
7072 // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
7073 assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
7074 "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
7075 S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
7080 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
7081 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
7085 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
7086 /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
7088 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
7089 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
7090 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
7091 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
7092 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
7094 class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
7096 SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
7097 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
7098 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
7101 ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
7102 assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
7103 "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
7104 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
7105 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
7110 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
7111 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
7114 /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos.
7115 class ExtParameterInfoBuilder {
7116 SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos;
7117 bool HasInteresting = false;
7120 /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index,
7122 void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) {
7123 assert(Infos.size() <= index);
7124 Infos.resize(index);
7125 Infos.push_back(info);
7127 if (!HasInteresting)
7128 HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo());
7131 /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the
7132 /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up.
7133 const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *
7134 getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) {
7135 if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr;
7136 Infos.resize(numParams);
7137 return Infos.data();
7141 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
7143 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7144 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7145 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7147 QualType SubstType(QualType T,
7148 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7149 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7151 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
7152 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7153 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7155 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7156 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7158 DeclarationName Entity,
7159 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
7160 unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
7161 void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7162 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
7163 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
7164 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7165 int indexAdjustment,
7166 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
7167 bool ExpectParameterPack);
7168 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
7169 const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos,
7170 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7171 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
7172 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams,
7173 ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos);
7174 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
7175 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7177 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
7178 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
7180 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
7182 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
7183 /// default arguments will be dropped.
7185 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
7187 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
7189 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
7190 bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall,
7191 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7192 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
7194 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
7195 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7197 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
7198 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7200 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
7201 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7202 bool CXXDirectInit);
7205 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7206 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7207 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7210 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7211 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7212 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7213 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7214 bool Complain = true);
7216 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7217 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
7218 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7219 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7221 bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
7222 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
7223 FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7225 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
7226 const Attr *TmplAttr;
7227 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
7230 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
7232 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
7235 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
7237 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7238 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
7239 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7240 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
7243 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7244 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7245 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7246 bool Complain = true);
7248 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7249 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7250 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7251 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7253 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
7254 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7255 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7256 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7258 NestedNameSpecifierLoc
7259 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
7260 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7263 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
7264 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7266 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
7268 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7269 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7270 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
7271 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7273 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7274 FunctionDecl *Function);
7275 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7276 FunctionDecl *Function,
7277 bool Recursive = false,
7278 bool DefinitionRequired = false,
7279 bool AtEndOfTU = false);
7280 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
7281 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
7282 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
7283 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
7284 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
7285 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
7286 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7287 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
7288 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
7289 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
7290 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7292 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
7293 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7294 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
7296 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
7297 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
7298 void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
7299 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
7300 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7301 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7302 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
7303 bool DefinitionRequired = false,
7304 bool AtEndOfTU = false);
7305 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
7306 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7308 bool Recursive = false,
7309 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7311 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
7312 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
7313 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7315 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
7316 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7317 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
7318 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7320 // Objective-C declarations.
7321 enum ObjCContainerKind {
7328 OCK_CategoryImplementation
7330 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
7332 DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S,
7333 ObjCTypeParamVariance variance,
7334 SourceLocation varianceLoc,
7336 IdentifierInfo *paramName,
7337 SourceLocation paramLoc,
7338 SourceLocation colonLoc,
7339 ParsedType typeBound);
7341 ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7342 ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams,
7343 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7344 void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList);
7346 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(Scope *S,
7347 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7348 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7349 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7350 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7351 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7352 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7353 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7354 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange,
7355 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7356 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7357 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7358 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7359 AttributeList *AttrList);
7361 void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S,
7362 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7363 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
7364 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7365 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7366 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7367 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7368 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7369 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange);
7371 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
7372 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7373 SourceLocation SuperLoc);
7375 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
7376 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
7377 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation,
7378 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
7380 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
7381 IdentifierInfo *PName,
7382 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
7383 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
7385 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
7386 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
7387 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7388 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7389 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7390 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7391 AttributeList *AttrList);
7393 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7394 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7395 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7396 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7397 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
7398 SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
7399 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7400 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7401 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7402 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
7404 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
7405 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
7406 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7407 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
7408 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
7410 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
7411 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7412 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7413 IdentifierInfo *CatName,
7414 SourceLocation CatLoc);
7416 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
7417 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
7419 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
7420 IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
7421 SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
7422 ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists,
7425 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
7426 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList,
7427 AttributeList *attrList);
7429 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer,
7430 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId,
7431 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
7433 void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId,
7434 SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7435 IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId,
7436 SourceLocation TypeArgLoc,
7437 bool SelectProtocolFirst = false);
7439 /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the
7440 /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type
7441 /// arguments, as appropriate.
7442 void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers(
7444 ParsedType baseType,
7445 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7446 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers,
7447 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs,
7448 SourceLocation rAngleLoc,
7449 SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc,
7450 SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs,
7451 SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc,
7452 SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc,
7453 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols,
7454 SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc,
7455 bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols);
7457 /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no
7458 /// base type was specified.
7459 TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType(
7460 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7461 ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols,
7462 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs,
7463 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7465 /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type.
7466 TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers(
7469 ParsedType BaseType,
7470 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7471 ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs,
7472 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7473 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7474 ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols,
7475 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7476 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc);
7478 /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type.
7479 QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
7481 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7482 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs,
7483 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7484 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7485 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
7486 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7487 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
7488 bool FailOnError = false);
7490 /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to
7492 bool checkObjCKindOfType(QualType &type, SourceLocation loc);
7494 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
7495 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
7496 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
7497 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
7499 unsigned &Attributes,
7500 bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
7502 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
7503 /// setters and getters as needed.
7504 /// \param property The property declaration being processed
7505 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property);
7508 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
7509 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
7510 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
7511 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
7513 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
7514 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
7516 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
7517 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
7518 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
7520 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
7521 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7522 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
7523 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
7524 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7525 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
7527 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
7528 SourceLocation AtLoc,
7529 SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
7531 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
7532 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
7533 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc,
7534 ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind);
7536 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
7542 OSMK_NonRetainingInit
7545 struct ObjCArgInfo {
7546 IdentifierInfo *Name;
7547 SourceLocation NameLoc;
7548 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
7551 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
7553 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
7554 AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
7557 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
7559 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
7560 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {.
7561 tok::TokenKind MethodType,
7562 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
7563 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
7564 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
7565 // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
7566 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
7567 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
7568 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7569 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
7571 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
7572 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7574 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
7577 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
7578 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
7581 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7583 SourceLocation OpLoc,
7584 DeclarationName MemberName,
7585 SourceLocation MemberLoc,
7586 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
7590 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
7591 IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
7592 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
7593 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
7595 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
7597 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
7598 /// send that starts with an identifier.
7599 enum ObjCMessageKind {
7600 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
7602 /// \brief The message is an instance message.
7603 ObjCInstanceMessage,
7604 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
7609 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
7610 IdentifierInfo *Name,
7611 SourceLocation NameLoc,
7613 bool HasTrailingDot,
7614 ParsedType &ReceiverType);
7616 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7618 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7619 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7620 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7623 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
7624 QualType ReceiverType,
7625 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7627 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7628 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7629 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7630 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7632 bool isImplicit = false);
7634 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
7635 bool isSuperReceiver,
7638 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7641 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
7642 ParsedType Receiver,
7644 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7645 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7646 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7649 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
7650 QualType ReceiverType,
7651 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7653 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7654 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7655 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7656 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7658 bool isImplicit = false);
7660 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
7661 QualType ReceiverType,
7664 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7667 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
7670 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7671 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7672 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7675 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7676 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7677 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7678 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7681 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
7682 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7683 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7684 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7686 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7689 void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7691 void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7693 bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
7696 bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
7697 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7698 ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
7699 ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
7700 ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
7701 TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
7702 bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true);
7704 bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
7705 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7706 Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true);
7708 bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr,
7709 bool Diagnose = true);
7711 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
7713 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
7714 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
7715 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
7716 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
7718 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
7719 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
7725 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
7726 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
7727 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
7729 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
7730 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native
7731 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
7732 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed
7733 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power
7734 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k
7735 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset
7738 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
7739 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
7740 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7742 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
7743 void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7744 StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment);
7746 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
7747 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
7749 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
7750 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
7751 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind,
7754 /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
7755 /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
7756 /// representation]).
7757 void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
7758 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
7759 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7761 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
7762 void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7763 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7764 MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
7766 enum PragmaSectionKind {
7773 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7775 DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
7776 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7778 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
7780 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
7781 void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7782 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7783 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
7784 StringLiteral *SegmentName,
7785 llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
7787 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
7788 void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7789 int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7791 /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
7792 void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7793 StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7795 /// \brief Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II
7796 void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II);
7798 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
7799 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name,
7802 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
7803 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
7805 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7807 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
7808 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
7809 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7811 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
7812 SourceLocation Loc);
7813 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
7815 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
7816 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7817 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7818 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
7820 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
7821 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
7822 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7823 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7824 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7825 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7826 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7828 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
7829 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7830 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7831 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7832 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7833 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7835 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
7836 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
7837 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
7839 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
7840 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
7841 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7843 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
7844 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7846 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
7847 void FreePackedContext();
7849 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
7850 /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
7851 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
7852 SourceLocation Loc);
7854 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
7855 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
7856 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
7858 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
7859 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
7860 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7862 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
7863 void FreeVisContext();
7865 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
7866 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
7867 /// the appropriate attribute.
7868 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
7870 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
7871 void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7873 /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
7874 /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
7875 SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
7876 return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
7879 /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
7880 /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
7881 /// with attribute optnone.
7882 void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
7884 /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
7885 /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
7886 /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
7887 void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
7889 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
7890 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7891 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7892 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
7893 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7895 /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
7897 void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE,
7898 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7900 /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
7902 void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7903 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7905 /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular
7907 void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads,
7908 Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7910 /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration.
7911 void AddModeAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, IdentifierInfo *Name,
7912 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool InInstantiation = false);
7914 void AddParameterABIAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D,
7915 ParameterABI ABI, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7917 void AddNSConsumedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D,
7918 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool isNSConsumed,
7919 bool isTemplateInstantiation);
7921 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7922 // C++ Coroutines TS
7924 ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7925 ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7926 StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7928 ExprResult BuildCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7929 ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7930 StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7932 void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body);
7934 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7935 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7938 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
7939 /// Set to true inside '#pragma omp declare target' region.
7940 bool IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext = false;
7941 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
7942 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
7943 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
7945 VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind,
7946 bool StrictlyPositive = true);
7947 /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive.
7948 unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const;
7951 /// \brief Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by
7953 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
7955 bool IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
7957 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private
7958 /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP
7960 VarDecl *IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D);
7961 ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK,
7962 ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc);
7964 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause.
7965 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
7967 bool isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
7969 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive.
7970 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
7972 bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
7974 ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
7976 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
7977 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
7978 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
7979 SourceLocation Loc);
7980 /// \brief Start analysis of clauses.
7981 void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K);
7982 /// \brief End analysis of clauses.
7983 void EndOpenMPClause();
7984 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
7985 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
7987 /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is,
7988 /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as
7989 /// private by default.
7990 /// \param Init First part of the for loop.
7991 void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init);
7993 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7994 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
7996 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
7997 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
7998 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
7999 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
8000 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
8002 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
8003 /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
8004 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
8006 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
8007 /// \brief Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare
8008 /// reduction' construct.
8009 QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc,
8010 TypeResult ParsedType);
8011 /// \brief Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
8012 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart(
8013 Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name,
8014 ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes,
8015 AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr);
8016 /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
8017 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8018 /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
8019 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner);
8020 /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
8021 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8022 /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
8023 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer);
8024 /// \brief Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
8025 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd(
8026 Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid);
8028 /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'.
8029 bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(SourceLocation Loc);
8030 /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragme omp end declare target'.
8031 void ActOnFinishOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective();
8032 /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'.
8033 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
8034 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id,
8035 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT,
8036 NamedDeclSetType &SameDirectiveDecls);
8037 /// Check declaration inside target region.
8038 void checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D);
8039 /// Return true inside OpenMP target region.
8040 bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const {
8041 return IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext;
8044 /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
8045 void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
8046 /// \brief End of OpenMP region.
8048 /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
8049 /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
8051 /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
8052 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
8053 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(
8054 OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
8055 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8056 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8057 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
8058 /// of the associated statement.
8059 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8061 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8062 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8063 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
8064 /// of the associated statement.
8065 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
8066 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8067 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8068 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8069 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
8070 /// of the associated statement.
8071 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
8072 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8073 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8074 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8075 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
8076 /// of the associated statement.
8077 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(
8078 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8079 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8080 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8081 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
8082 /// of the associated statement.
8083 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8084 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8085 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8086 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
8087 /// associated statement.
8088 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8089 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8090 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
8091 /// associated statement.
8092 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8093 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8094 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8095 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
8096 /// associated statement.
8097 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8098 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8099 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
8100 /// associated statement.
8101 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
8102 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8103 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8104 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8105 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
8106 /// of the associated statement.
8107 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
8108 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8109 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8110 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8111 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
8112 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8113 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
8114 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8115 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8116 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8117 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
8118 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8119 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8121 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8122 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8123 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
8124 /// associated statement.
8125 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8126 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8127 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8128 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
8129 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8130 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8131 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
8132 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8133 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8134 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
8135 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8136 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8137 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'.
8138 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8139 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8140 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
8141 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8142 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8143 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8144 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
8145 /// associated statement.
8146 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8147 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8148 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8149 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
8150 /// associated statement.
8151 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8152 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8153 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8154 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
8155 /// associated statement.
8156 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8157 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8158 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8159 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of
8160 /// the associated statement.
8161 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8162 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8163 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8164 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after
8165 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8166 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8167 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8168 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8169 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after
8170 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8171 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8172 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8173 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8174 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after
8175 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8176 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8178 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8179 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8180 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after
8181 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8182 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective(
8183 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8184 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8185 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8186 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
8187 /// associated statement.
8188 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8189 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8190 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8191 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'.
8193 ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8194 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8195 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
8196 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'.
8197 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8198 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8199 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8200 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
8201 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the
8202 /// associated statement.
8203 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(
8204 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8205 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8206 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8207 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of
8208 /// the associated statement.
8209 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(
8210 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8211 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8212 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8213 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing
8214 /// of the associated statement.
8215 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(
8216 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8217 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8218 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8219 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'.
8220 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8221 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8222 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8223 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after
8224 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8225 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective(
8226 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8227 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8228 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8229 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd'
8230 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8231 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
8232 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8233 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8234 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8235 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after
8236 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8237 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective(
8238 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8239 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8240 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8241 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after
8242 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8243 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective(
8244 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8245 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8246 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8248 /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers.
8249 bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind,
8250 SourceLocation LinLoc);
8251 /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear
8253 bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc,
8254 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type);
8256 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of
8257 /// the associated method/function.
8258 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective(
8259 DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS,
8260 Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds,
8261 ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears,
8262 ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR);
8264 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
8266 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8267 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8268 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8269 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
8270 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier,
8271 Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8272 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8273 SourceLocation NameModifierLoc,
8274 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8275 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8276 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
8277 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8278 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8279 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8280 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
8281 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
8282 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8283 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8284 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8285 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
8286 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
8287 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8288 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8289 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8290 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause.
8291 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8292 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8293 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8294 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
8295 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
8296 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8297 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8298 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8299 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
8301 ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8302 SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(),
8303 Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr);
8304 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause.
8305 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8306 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8307 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8308 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause.
8309 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8310 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8311 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8312 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'hint' clause.
8313 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8314 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8315 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8317 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
8319 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
8320 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8321 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8322 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8323 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
8324 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
8325 SourceLocation KindLoc,
8326 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8327 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8328 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8329 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
8330 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
8331 SourceLocation KindLoc,
8332 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8333 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8334 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8336 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(
8337 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr,
8338 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8339 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc,
8340 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8341 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
8342 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(
8343 OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2,
8344 OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8345 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc,
8346 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8348 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8349 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8350 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
8351 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8352 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8353 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
8354 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8355 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8356 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
8357 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8358 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8359 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
8360 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8361 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8362 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
8363 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8364 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8365 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
8366 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8367 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8368 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
8369 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8370 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8371 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
8372 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8373 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8374 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'threads' clause.
8375 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8376 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8377 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simd' clause.
8378 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8379 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8380 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause.
8381 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8382 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8384 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(
8385 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr,
8386 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8387 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8388 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8389 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind,
8390 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier,
8391 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
8392 SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc);
8393 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
8394 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8395 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8396 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8397 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8398 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
8399 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8400 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8401 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8402 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8403 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
8404 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8405 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8406 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8407 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8408 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
8409 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8410 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8411 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8412 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8413 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
8414 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(
8415 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8416 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8417 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8418 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
8419 ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
8420 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
8422 ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step,
8423 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8424 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc,
8425 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8426 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
8427 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8429 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8430 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8431 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8432 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8433 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
8434 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8435 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8436 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8437 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8438 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
8439 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8440 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8441 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8442 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8443 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
8444 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8445 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8446 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8447 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8448 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'depend' clause.
8450 ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc,
8451 SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8452 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8453 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8454 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'device' clause.
8455 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8456 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8457 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8458 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'map' clause.
8460 ActOnOpenMPMapClause(OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier,
8461 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
8462 SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8463 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8464 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8465 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause.
8466 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8467 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8468 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8469 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause.
8470 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit,
8471 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8472 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8473 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8474 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'priority' clause.
8475 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8476 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8477 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8478 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause.
8479 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause(
8480 OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize,
8481 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc,
8482 SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8483 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause.
8484 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause(
8485 OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind,
8486 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc,
8487 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8488 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'to' clause.
8489 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8490 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8491 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8492 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8493 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'from' clause.
8494 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8495 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8496 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8497 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8498 /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause.
8499 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8500 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8501 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8502 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8503 /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause.
8504 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8505 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8506 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8507 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8509 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
8510 enum CheckedConversionKind {
8511 /// \brief An implicit conversion.
8512 CCK_ImplicitConversion,
8513 /// \brief A C-style cast.
8515 /// \brief A functional-style cast.
8517 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
8521 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
8522 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
8523 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
8524 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
8525 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
8526 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
8527 CheckedConversionKind CCK
8528 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8530 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
8531 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
8532 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
8534 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
8535 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
8537 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
8539 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
8540 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
8541 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
8543 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
8544 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
8545 ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
8547 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
8548 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
8549 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true);
8551 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
8552 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
8553 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
8554 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E,
8555 bool Diagnose = true);
8557 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
8558 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
8559 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
8561 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
8563 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
8564 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
8565 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
8566 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
8568 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
8569 enum VariadicCallType {
8573 VariadicConstructor,
8574 VariadicDoesNotApply
8577 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8578 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8581 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
8591 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
8592 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
8594 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
8595 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
8596 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
8598 /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
8599 bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
8601 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
8602 /// form of call prototypes.
8603 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8604 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8605 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
8606 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
8607 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
8608 bool AllowExplicit = false,
8609 bool IsListInitialization = false);
8611 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
8612 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
8613 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
8614 FunctionDecl *FDecl);
8616 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
8617 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
8618 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
8619 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
8620 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
8621 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8622 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8624 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
8625 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are
8626 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
8627 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a
8628 /// source and destination type.
8629 enum AssignConvertType {
8630 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
8633 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
8634 /// accept as an extension.
8637 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
8638 /// accept as an extension.
8641 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
8642 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
8643 FunctionVoidPointer,
8645 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
8646 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
8647 IncompatiblePointer,
8649 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
8650 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
8651 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
8652 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
8653 IncompatiblePointerSign,
8655 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
8656 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
8657 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
8659 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
8660 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
8661 /// like address spaces.
8662 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
8664 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
8665 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
8666 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
8668 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
8670 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
8671 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
8672 IncompatibleVectors,
8674 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
8675 /// pointer. We disallow this.
8678 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
8679 /// pointers types that are not compatible.
8680 IncompatibleBlockPointer,
8682 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
8683 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
8684 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
8685 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
8687 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
8688 /// object with __weak qualifier.
8689 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
8691 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
8692 /// represent it in the AST.
8696 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
8697 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the
8698 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
8699 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
8701 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
8702 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
8703 bool *Complained = nullptr);
8705 /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
8706 /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
8707 /// value, to be used as a mask.
8708 bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
8709 bool AllowMask) const;
8711 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
8712 /// integer not in the range of enum values.
8713 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
8716 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
8717 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
8719 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
8723 /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of
8724 /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS
8726 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
8729 bool ConvertRHS = true);
8731 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
8732 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
8733 // this routine performs the default function/array converions, if ConvertRHS
8735 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
8737 bool Diagnose = true,
8738 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
8739 bool ConvertRHS = true);
8741 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
8742 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
8743 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
8746 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8748 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8750 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8751 AssignmentAction Action,
8752 bool AllowExplicit = false);
8753 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8754 AssignmentAction Action,
8756 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
8757 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8758 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
8759 AssignmentAction Action,
8760 CheckedConversionKind CCK
8761 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8762 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8763 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
8764 AssignmentAction Action,
8765 CheckedConversionKind CCK);
8767 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
8768 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
8770 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
8771 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
8773 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
8774 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
8775 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
8776 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8777 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8779 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8780 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8781 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8782 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8783 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8784 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8785 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8786 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8787 QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8788 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
8789 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8790 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false);
8791 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
8792 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8793 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool isRelational);
8794 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
8795 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8796 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8797 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
8798 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8799 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
8800 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
8801 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
8802 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
8803 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
8804 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
8806 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8807 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
8808 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8809 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
8810 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8811 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
8812 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
8814 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
8815 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8816 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8817 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
8818 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
8819 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
8820 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
8821 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr);
8822 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
8823 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
8824 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr) {
8825 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
8826 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
8827 NonStandardCompositeType);
8833 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8834 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8836 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
8837 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8839 void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
8840 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
8841 bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
8843 /// type checking for vector binary operators.
8844 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8845 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8846 bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion);
8847 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
8848 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8849 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
8850 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8851 SourceLocation Loc);
8853 bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
8854 bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
8856 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
8857 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
8859 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
8861 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
8862 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
8863 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
8864 enum ReferenceCompareResult {
8865 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
8866 /// reference binding is not possible.
8867 Ref_Incompatible = 0,
8868 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
8869 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
8870 /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
8872 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
8873 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
8874 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
8875 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
8876 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
8877 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
8878 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
8882 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
8883 QualType T1, QualType T2,
8884 bool &DerivedToBase,
8885 bool &ObjCConversion,
8886 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
8888 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
8889 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
8890 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
8892 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
8894 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
8896 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
8897 /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
8898 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
8899 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType);
8901 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
8902 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8903 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
8904 // returns true if the cast is invalid
8905 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
8908 /// \brief Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding
8909 /// implicit casts if necessary.
8910 ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr);
8912 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
8913 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8914 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
8915 // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
8916 // returns the cast expr
8917 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
8920 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8921 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8923 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
8925 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error };
8927 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
8928 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
8929 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
8930 QualType castType, Expr *&op,
8931 CheckedConversionKind CCK,
8932 bool Diagnose = true,
8933 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
8934 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
8937 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8938 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8940 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
8943 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
8944 /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
8945 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
8946 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
8947 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
8949 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8950 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
8951 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
8953 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8954 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
8955 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8957 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
8958 /// \param Method - May be null.
8959 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
8960 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
8961 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
8962 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
8963 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8964 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
8965 bool isSuperMessage,
8966 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
8967 SourceRange RecRange,
8968 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
8970 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
8971 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
8972 /// and the form of the message send.
8973 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
8974 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8975 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
8977 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
8978 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
8979 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
8981 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
8982 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
8983 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
8984 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
8986 class ConditionResult {
8988 FullExprArg Condition;
8994 ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition,
8996 : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false),
8997 HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() &&
8998 !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()),
8999 KnownValue(HasKnownValue &&
9000 !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {}
9001 explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid)
9002 : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid),
9003 HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {}
9006 ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {}
9007 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
9008 std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const {
9009 return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar),
9012 llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const {
9018 static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); }
9020 enum class ConditionKind {
9021 Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'.
9022 ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'.
9023 Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement.
9026 ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
9027 Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK);
9029 ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
9030 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
9033 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
9035 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
9036 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
9038 ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond);
9040 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
9041 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
9042 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array
9043 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
9045 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
9047 /// \return true iff there were any errors
9048 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
9049 bool IsConstexpr = false);
9051 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
9052 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
9053 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
9055 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
9056 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
9057 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
9059 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
9060 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false);
9062 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
9063 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
9064 /// the specified diagnostic.
9065 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
9066 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
9067 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9069 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
9070 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
9071 /// in the global scope.
9072 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
9074 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
9075 /// expression violations.
9076 class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
9080 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
9082 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
9083 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
9084 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
9087 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
9088 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
9089 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
9090 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
9091 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
9092 bool AllowFold = true);
9093 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
9095 bool AllowFold = true);
9096 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
9097 llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
9099 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
9100 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
9101 /// Returns false on success.
9102 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
9103 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
9104 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
9105 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
9107 enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
9115 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
9117 // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from
9119 enum CUDAFunctionPreference {
9120 CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination.
9121 CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device
9122 // function that do not match current compilation
9123 // mode. Only in effect if
9124 // LangOpts.CUDADisableTargetCallChecks is true.
9125 CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions.
9126 CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device
9127 // function matching current compilation mode.
9128 CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls.
9131 /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee
9132 /// combination, based on their host/device attributes.
9133 /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee.
9134 /// nullptr in case of global context.
9135 /// \param Callee target function
9137 /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination.
9138 CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
9139 const FunctionDecl *Callee);
9141 /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA
9142 /// host/device attributes. Returns true if the call is not allowed.
9143 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
9144 return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) == CFP_Never;
9147 /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD,
9148 /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings.
9149 void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD,
9150 const LookupResult &Previous);
9152 /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority
9153 /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower
9154 /// calling priority.
9155 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
9156 SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Matches);
9157 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
9158 SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair> &Matches);
9159 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(
9160 const FunctionDecl *Caller,
9161 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches);
9163 /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
9164 /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
9165 /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
9166 /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
9167 /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
9168 /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
9170 /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
9171 /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
9172 /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
9173 /// the member declaration.
9174 bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
9175 CXXSpecialMember CSM,
9176 CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
9180 /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA
9181 /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide).
9182 bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
9183 bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD);
9185 /// \name Code completion
9187 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
9188 enum ParserCompletionContext {
9189 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
9191 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
9193 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
9196 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
9197 /// category implementation
9198 PCC_ObjCImplementation,
9199 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
9200 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
9201 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
9202 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
9205 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
9206 /// headers within a class.
9208 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
9210 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
9211 /// also be an expression or a declaration.
9213 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
9214 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
9216 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
9217 /// while, switch, or for statement.
9219 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
9220 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
9222 PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
9223 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
9225 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
9226 /// might also be a type cast.
9227 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
9228 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
9229 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
9230 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
9233 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
9234 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
9235 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
9236 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
9237 bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
9238 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
9240 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
9241 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
9242 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
9243 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
9244 SourceLocation OpLoc,
9246 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
9247 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
9248 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
9249 void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S);
9250 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
9251 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
9252 void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc,
9253 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
9254 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
9255 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
9256 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
9257 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
9259 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
9260 bool EnteringContext);
9261 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
9262 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
9263 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
9264 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
9265 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
9266 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
9268 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
9270 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
9271 bool AfterAmpersand);
9273 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
9274 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
9275 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
9276 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
9277 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
9278 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
9279 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
9280 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
9282 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
9283 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9284 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
9285 bool AtArgumentExpression);
9286 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
9287 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
9288 bool AtArgumentExpression,
9289 bool IsSuper = false);
9290 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
9291 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
9292 bool AtArgumentExpression,
9293 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
9294 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
9295 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
9296 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
9297 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
9298 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
9299 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols);
9300 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
9301 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
9302 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
9303 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9304 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
9305 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
9306 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
9307 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9308 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
9309 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
9310 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9311 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
9312 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
9313 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
9314 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
9315 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
9316 bool IsInstanceMethod,
9317 ParsedType ReturnType);
9318 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
9319 bool IsInstanceMethod,
9320 bool AtParameterName,
9321 ParsedType ReturnType,
9322 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
9323 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
9324 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
9325 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
9326 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
9327 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
9328 IdentifierInfo *Macro,
9329 MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
9331 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
9332 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
9333 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
9334 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
9337 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9338 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
9341 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
9342 unsigned ByteNo) const;
9345 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
9346 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
9347 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
9348 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
9349 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
9350 // FunctionDeclaration.
9351 struct FormatStringInfo {
9353 unsigned FirstDataArg;
9357 static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
9358 FormatStringInfo *FSI);
9359 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
9360 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
9361 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
9362 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
9363 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
9364 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
9365 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
9366 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9367 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9368 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9369 SourceLocation Loc);
9371 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9372 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsMemberFunction,
9373 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
9374 VariadicCallType CallType);
9376 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
9378 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9379 unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9381 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
9383 bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9384 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9386 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9387 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9388 bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9389 bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9390 bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9392 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(CallExpr *TheCall);
9393 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
9394 bool SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
9395 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call);
9396 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
9397 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
9400 // Used by C++ template instantiation.
9401 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
9402 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9403 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
9404 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
9407 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
9408 bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
9409 bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
9410 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
9411 bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
9412 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
9413 ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
9414 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
9415 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
9416 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9417 llvm::APSInt &Result);
9418 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9420 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9422 bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
9423 int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
9426 enum FormatStringType {
9437 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
9439 bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
9441 static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
9444 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
9445 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9447 VariadicCallType CallType,
9448 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
9449 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9450 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9451 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
9452 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
9453 VariadicCallType CallType,
9454 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
9455 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9457 void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
9458 const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9459 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo);
9461 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9463 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9465 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9466 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9468 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9469 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9471 void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
9472 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
9473 bool isObjCMethod = false,
9474 const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
9475 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
9477 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
9478 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
9479 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
9480 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
9481 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
9483 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
9484 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
9485 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
9486 bool IsConstexpr = false);
9488 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
9491 /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
9492 /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
9493 void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
9495 /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
9496 /// attempts to add itself into the container
9497 void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
9499 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
9500 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
9501 bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
9503 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
9504 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
9505 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
9506 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
9508 struct TypeTagData {
9511 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
9512 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
9513 MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
9518 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
9519 /// layout-compatibility.
9520 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
9521 unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
9524 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely
9525 /// identifies the magic value.
9526 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
9529 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
9530 std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
9531 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
9533 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
9534 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
9535 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
9536 const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
9538 /// \brief The parser's current scope.
9540 /// The parser maintains this state here.
9543 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
9544 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
9546 /// Nullability type specifiers.
9547 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr;
9548 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr;
9549 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr;
9551 IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr;
9554 friend class Parser;
9555 friend class InitializationSequence;
9556 friend class ASTReader;
9557 friend class ASTDeclReader;
9558 friend class ASTWriter;
9561 /// Retrieve the keyword associated
9562 IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability);
9564 /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer.
9565 RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr;
9567 /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError".
9568 IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent();
9570 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
9572 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
9573 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
9574 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
9575 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
9576 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
9577 /// template substitution or instantiation.
9578 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
9580 void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
9581 return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
9584 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
9585 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
9587 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
9589 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
9590 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
9593 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
9595 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
9596 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
9597 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
9598 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
9599 DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
9603 /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
9604 /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
9605 static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
9606 bool PartialOverloading = false) {
9607 // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
9608 if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
9609 return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
9610 return NumArgs > NumParams;
9613 // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class
9614 // (including field initializers) is fully parsed.
9615 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses;
9618 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
9619 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
9621 bool Entered = true;
9624 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
9625 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
9626 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
9627 bool IsDecltype = false,
9628 bool ShouldEnter = true)
9629 : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) {
9631 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
9634 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
9635 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
9636 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
9637 bool IsDecltype = false)
9638 : Actions(Actions) {
9639 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
9640 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
9644 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
9646 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
9650 DeductionFailureInfo
9651 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
9652 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
9654 /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
9655 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
9656 struct LateParsedTemplate {
9658 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
9662 } // end namespace clang